1. home and garden
2. gardening and landscaping
3. yard and patio

Coastal Product Guide
for Professionals
Contents
400 Series
Casement & Awning Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Specialty Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Elliptical & Circle Top™ Windows
Circle & Oval Windows
Flexiframe® Windows
Arch/Custom Arch Windows
Springline™ Windows
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
®
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
®
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing . . . . . . . . . . . 61
®
Combination Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Pretty. Tough.
That’s the promise of Andersen® 400 Series windows and doors
with Stormwatch® protection. Stunning aesthetics that make
any project appealing and built-in protection that can stand
up to Mother Nature* at her crankiest — as well as the coastal
building codes. What’s more, a myriad of tantalizing options
allow you to create one-of-a-kind windows and doors to suit
your most innovative designs instead of altering plans to
accommodate the one-style-fits-all inventory favored by
many of our competitors.
Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Coastal products featuring the Stormwatch Protection insignia
also carry the Andersen promise of quality materials and precise construction.*
That’s why they are all backed with Owner-to-Owner® limited warranties, such as
a 10-year limited warranty for impact-resistant glass. For complete information on
our limited warranties, visit andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier.
Many structural enhancements are
added to our coastal products to
make them stand up to harsh weather
conditions – impact-resistant glass,
special fasteners, high-strength
silicone glazing, frame, sash and
panel reinforcement, heavy-duty
hardware, and additional
locks are just a few of them.
Engaged
Performance Grade Upgrades
are also available on many standard
Retracted
®
Andersen 400 Series windows and
doors when impact-resistant glass
is not needed. Options are presented
in each product section. An Andersen
supplier can provide details.
*See limited warranty for details .
1
Andersen® Finelight™ grilles-between-the-glass have been added
to our many standard grille options to enhance the look of traditional
homes without compromising weather resistance (see pages 2-3).
Highly-popular Frenchwood® patio doors are among the multitude of design
choices available to give homes a unique and elegant aspect – all available
in custom sizes. Select sizes are available with Performance Grade (PG)
Upgrades when impact-resistant glass is not required (see page 5).
Andersen® windows and doors with Stormwatch®
protection come with a variety of glass options
to satisfy nearly any building need. Remarkably
energy-efficient Low-E4® glass is standard on
all Andersen 400 Series products. But that’s
just the beginning. You can also specify
impact-resistant glass that’s strong enough
to withstand high winds and debris,* exquisite
patterned glass, and more (see pages 2-3).
Andersen products feature Perma-Shield® vinyl cladding. A well-proven
asset in coastal areas, it resists salt spray and sea air far better than
aluminum. It never loses its luster and it never requires painting.*
*See limited warranty for details .
For quick estimates, just enter your project information and the fast
and easy-to-use Online Performance Grade Estimator, Coastal Product
Finder and Test Report Finder will estimate the design pressure
requirements, then identify the Andersen products that are best for your
situation. You can even print test reports and certification documents
for the products selected. Remember to have all estimates confirmed
by a qualified architect or structural engineer. To use our convenient
online tools, just log on to andersenwindows.com/stormwatch
Choose Andersen 400 Series windows and doors with Stormwatch
protection. Not only do they possess uncompromising beauty, they’re
strong enough to take whatever Mother Nature* – and the tough
coastal building codes – dish out. And that’s pretty tough to come by.
1
Pretty is as pretty does.
In a coastal environment, it’s not enough to just look good. You need windows
and doors that can withstand some of nature’s most violent mood swings – and
still look good. To that end Andersen offers a wide array of grille options, from
standard patterns to custom designs – and now full divided light grilles and
Finelight™ grilles-between-the-glass. They all feature prominently defined
profiles to give you the precise authentic look you’re searching for.
And the windows all are fully empowered with Stormwatch® protection.
See the Andersen ® Product Guide for more divided light patterns or visit andersenwindows .com/grilles .
Patterns
Colonial
Prairie
STandard
A full selection of standard grille patterns makes
specification simple and easy . See the Andersen ®
Product Guide or visit andersenwindows .com/grilles
for more information on our full array of standard
patterns including Colonial, Modified Colonial, Short/Tall
Fractional, Prairie A, Victorian and other options .
2 Wide/1 High
3 Wide/3 High
SPecified equal lighT
Specified equal light patterns allow you to create an
original look without the costs normally associated with
custom grilles . Just tell us how many equal rectangular
lights across and how many down, and we’ll make it .
You can add one row or column to the standard Colonial
style grille pattern, or delete rows and columns before it
becomes a fully customized order .
Custom
Custom
cuSTom
For a truly signature look, Andersen will
work with you to create custom grille patterns .
Andersen can accommodate nearly any pattern
and we are always eager to see new ideas .
See your Andersen supplier for details .
Widths
Andersen divided light is
available in four widths for
increased design flexibility .
it starts with glass.
Impact-resistant glass is one component of Stormwatch®
protection. This graduated combination of upgrades lets you
order Andersen® 400 Series windows and patio doors with the
exact glass and structural enhancements needed to comply
with virtually any coastal building requirement. Enhancements
include tempered safety glass and glass that is laminated for
added strength. In addition, we provide several glass options.
High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass provides energy efficiency
and sparkling clarity. High-Performance™ Low-E4® SmartSun™
glass allows sunlight to stream through while blocking unwanted
solar heat and damaging ultraviolet rays that can cause fading.
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun glass is ideal for helping to cut
cooling costs and minimizing UV light that can cause fading.
2
Standard on all Andersen® 400 Series products,
High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass employs
a hermetically-sealed system for optimum
installation from heat and cold . (PG Upgrades Only)
Monolithic impact-resistant glass is reinforced with a
clear plastic laminate sandwiched between two panes to
resist impact, forced entry, sun damage and unwanted noise .
High-Performance™ Low-E4® impact-resistant glass
provides all the benefits of monolithic impact-resistant glass,
while adding an insulating air space that helps keep homes
cool in summer and warm in winter .
configurations
All grille configurations can be ordered with interiors and exteriors to match window and patio door interiors and exteriors .
full divided light
Simulated divided light
Permanent Exterior*
Permanent Interior
With Spacer
Permanent Exterior*
Permanent Interior
For a truly authentic look, full divided
light features permanently-applied
interior and exterior grilles with
spacers between the glass . Interior
grilles are available in unfinished
pine, maple, oak or prefinished white .
Simulated divided light offers permanent grilles
on the exterior and interior with no spacer between
the glass . We also offer the option of permanent
exterior grilles with removable interior grilles .
Interior grilles are available in natural wood
or prefinished white .
Permanent Exterior*
Removable Interior
* Exterior grilles are made of patented Fibrex® material, so they’ll
stand up to corrosion and rot — even in coastal areas . See limited
warranty for details . Available in colors to match product exteriors .
Starts cleaner.
easy-clean options
Removable
Interior Grille
Finelight™ GrillesBetween-The-Glass**
Removable interior grilles snap off for easy cleaning .
Andersen® Finelight™ grilles are suspended between
the glass panes and feature a contoured 3 ⁄4'' profile .
Finelight™ grilles are installed during manufacture
and must be ordered with the unit .
NOTE: Please check with your Andersen supplier for available patterns .
** Tinted glazing may affect the appearance of Finelight™ grille color .
Stays cleaner.
All windows and doors with Stormwatch® protection
are protected during construction by a translucent
film that minimizes time spent masking, then peels
away for a spotless window .
Even better, when the exterior of
our glass is activated by sunlight,
it dries faster, stays cleaner longer, and
eliminates up to 99% of water spots .
High-Performance™
Low-E4® Glass
Ordinary Glass
For details, contact your Andersen supplier
or log on to andersenwindows .com .
3
add some style to your upgrades.
Not only do we provide upgrades that will make your windows stronger, we have options that will make them prettier.
andersen art glass
®
Available in eleven original patterns,
including four Frank Lloyd Wright® series
designs – see Andersen ® Product Guide
or visit andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
Colonnade
Eucalyptus
Obscure Pattern
Cascade Pattern
Prairie Rhythm
Wichita
Patterned glass
Designed to let in light while obscuring
vision, our patterned glass can be
specified along with most standard
and tempered glass options.*
(For Performance Grade Upgrades only.)
Fern Pattern
Tribeca® Gliding
Patio Door Hardware
in White
hardware
Get the look you’re after – inside
and out – with our myriad of hardware
styles, finishes and options. Only a
few examples are shown here. Refer
to each section for the hardware
available with specific products.
Reed Pattern
Estate™ Casement
Hardware in
Satin Nickel
Folding Casement Hardware
– Contemporary in White
Newbury ® Hinged
Patio Door Hardware
in Polished Chrome
Double-Hung
Hardware in Stone
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a registered trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation .
*Cascade and Reed patterns can be ordered with either a vertical or horizontal orientation .
PRODUCT FEATURES
Exterior Colors
White
HARDWARE FINISHES
Interiors
®
Sandtone Terratone
Forest
Green
White
Pine
Oak
Finish options vary by hardware style, see product section for details .
Maple
Casement Window
Awning Window
Tilt-Wash Double Hung Window†
(Circle Top,™ elliptical, circle, oval, arch,
Springline™ enhancement, custom arch
and Flexiframe windows)
Specialty‡‡
®
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door
®
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Door‡
®
Frenchwood Outswing Patio Door
®
This data is accurate as of August 28, 2009 . Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results, or new industry standards,
this data may change over time . Call your Andersen supplier for current performance information or upgrade options .
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication . See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples .
† Estate™ hardware is available as an option for tilt-wash units with PG Upgrades only, not impact glass units .
4
Bright
Brass
Antique
Brass
Polished
Chrome
Brushed Oil Rubbed Satin
Chrome
Bronze
Nickel
Distressed Distressed
Bronze
Nickel
White
Stone
Gold
Dust
Black
for less demanding needs,
we offer Pg upgrades on
standard windows and doors.
Often homeowners can get by with fewer and less elaborate
enhancements than those found on products with impactresistant glass and still satisfy local building codes. That
is why we offer Performance Grade (PG) Upgrades on many
standard Andersen® 400 Series windows and doors. A few of
the upgrades available with 400 Series tilt-wash double-hung
windows are listed below. Contact your Andersen supplier to
determine which products are right for you.
Aluminum
Insect Screen
1-1/2" high sill stop improves
resistance to water infiltration .**
TruScene insect Screen
®
Heavy-duty sash pivot pins allow the sash
to tilt to the inside for easy cleaning .
Made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that’s
one-third the diameter of conventional screen wire,
TruScene® insect screens provide over 50% more
clarity for a beautifully unobstructed view. They allow
more fresh air and sunlight in, while keeping out even
the smallest insects.†
Interior brackets provide additional
structural support for the sash and frame .
Exterior frame and sill brackets
provide structural support for the
sash during storm pressures .
Interior wood stops are secured to
the frame using 1-1/2" 16 gauge
crown staples instead of nails
PG Upgrades are also available
with select 200 Series products .
NOTE: Woodwright® products with PG Upgrade
do not have the same hardware enhancements
that the tilt-wash windows have .
†All comparisons are made to Andersen® aluminum insect screens .
Infringes on the overall net clear opening . Unit clear
opening are may not meet egress requirements . See your
local code official for more information .
**
UNIT DIMENSIONS††
Width
PERFORMANCE VALUES
Height
Basic Units
Minimum
Maximum
1'-5"
5'-11 7/8"
2'-0 1/8" 4'-11 7/8"
Minimum
Performance
Rating^
Maximum
2'-0 1/8" 5'-11 7/8"
ASTM E1886/
E1996
GLAZING OPTIONS
Total Unit Performance,
NFRC; HP Impact; w/o Grilles
DADE TAS
201, 202, 203
U-Factor
SHGC
113
DP +70/-70
ASTM, DADE
0 .33
0 .31
1'-5"
2'-7 1/2"
66
DP +60/-65
ASTM, DADE
0 .33
0 .31
1'-9 5/8"
3'-9 5/8"
3'-0 7/8"
6'-4 7/8"
99
DP +50/-65
ASTM
0 .35
0 .31
Various
Various
Various
Various
‡‡
DP +50/-65
ASTM, DADE
0 .26 - 0 .31
0 .33 - 0 .34
2'-8"
7'-11 1/4"
18
DP +50/-65
ASTM, DADE
0 .33
0 .26
6'-7 1/2" 7'-11 1/2"
2'-0 1/2" 8'-11 1/8"
6'-7 1/2" 7'-11 1/2"
24
DP +50/-65
ASTM
0 .32
0 .24
2'-0 1/2" 5'-11 1/4"
6'-7 1/2" 7'-11 1/2"
24
DP +50/-65
ASTM, DADE
0 .32
0 .24
††
^
‡
‡‡
Glazing Types
Grilles
HP Low-E4
(High-Performance™ Low-E4®)
Standard HP Low-E4® Sun glass
IR (Impact-Resistant)
Full divided light,
simulated divided light,
Finelight™
HP Low-E4® Sun IR glass
grilles-between-the-glass,
and removable wood
HP Low-E4® tempered IR glass
interior grilles
HP Low-E4® SmartSun™ tempered
HP Low-E4® IR glass
HP Low-E4® SmartSun™ IR glass
IR glass
HP Low-E4® Sun
tempered IR glass
Monolithic clear IR glass ‡
For more information about individual
products – plus listings for picture,
transom, sidelight and Circle Top™
units – refer to individual product
sections throughout this catalog .
For more information about the
performance values in this chart,
refer to the Performance Data
section starting on page 75 .
High-Performance™ Low-E4® and
High-Performance Low-E4 Sun
glass exterior reflective tint may
vary from unit to unit .
Monolithic tinted IR glass ‡
Unit dimension always refers to outside frame to frame dimension .
Performance ratings are based on units with Stormwatch Protection and High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass . For more information see Performance Data section starting on page 75 .
Monolithic glass not available in hinged patio doors .
Up to 50 square feet for High-Performance impact-resistant glass and up to 30 square feet for monolithic glass .
5
all you need to know about
andersen coastal products.
®
The following pages contain the Andersen® coastal products that are available to meet the demands of nature as well
as the tough coastal codes. You’ll find basic product descriptions, size charts, vertical and horizontal detail drawings,
specifications for opening dimensions, joining information and important product performance data. Additionally, we have
listed optional accessories that complement the units both here and in each individual product section. You’ll also find
key considerations regarding the use and installation of every Andersen product. Keep the instruction guidelines and safety
information in mind when considering the installation and use of any Andersen product for your coastal building needs.
Should you have any questions, contact your local Andersen supplier. Thank you for considering and using Andersen products.
installation accessories
Installation accessories are designed specifically
for trim and installation of Andersen products. Trim
strips, channel and laminated board are available in
a variety of lengths, widths, thicknesses and shapes
as shown in the table below. These accessories are
offered in four colors: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or
Forest Green. Vinyl trim board has a textured finish.
Rigid vinyl “J,” “h” and
“H” channel and vinyl
laminated board
Extension Jambs
Available for most Andersen
products . See individual
sections for details .
Continuous Drip-Cap
• Included on 400 Series windows
with side-by-side (vertical) mulls
• Available in White, Sandtone,
Terratone® and Forest Green .
• Heavy 24-gauge corrosionresistant aluminum construction
• Available in 6', 10' and
12' 7-1/2'' lengths
Auxiliary Casing
Vinyl Laminated Board
Rigid Vinyl “H” Channel
6
Color
Length
Depth
Width
W,S,T,FG
150" (3810)
1-3/16" (30)
1-3/16" (30)
W,S,T
96" (2438)
1/2" (13)
24" (610)
W
96" (2438)
1/2" (13)
48" (1219)
48" (1219)
W
120" (3048)
1/2" (13)
W
84" (2134) & 150" (3810)
3/4" (19)
1" (25)
S,T
84" (2134) & 150" (3810)
3/4" (19)
3/4" (19)
Rigid Vinyl “h” Channel
W,S,T
150" (3810)
1/2" (13)
1" (25)
Rigid Vinyl “J” Channel
W,S,T
150" (3810)
1/2" (13)
3/4" (19)
6
Auxiliary Casing
Auxiliary casings consist
of a wood core treated with
water-repellent preservative
and sheathed in rigid vinyl .
They are available in White,
Sandtone, Terratone® or
Forest Green colors . The
dimensions are 1-3/16'' (30)
by 1-3/16'' (30) in
150'' (3810) lengths .
rough openings
To facilitate drainage, the sill plate should be
protected and level or slightly pitched to the exterior;
it should never slope toward the interior . For even
better drainage in challenging environments, consider
using a sill pan or beveled siding at the sill per EEBA’s
(Energy and Environmental Building Association)
Water Management Guide (www .eeba .org), taking
into account the added height required when
framing the rough opening .
Gusset plate
Pan head screws
3/16"
Top of screws
to bottom of
gusset plate.
Rough Opening Width
Unit 1
Unit 2
1/4" minimum
space at head
Rough Opening Height
The purpose of a rough opening is to allow for
proper spacing between the window or patio door
unit and the building structure . The extra space is
required for leveling and squaring the unit during
installation, to allow for settling and movement
of building materials and to provide an area for
insulation . A rough opening that is too small may
affect unit operation . A rough opening that is too
large may not allow for adequate fastening of the
unit to the building structure . Andersen rough opening
dimensions are provided as a guideline to help
determine the amount of space needed between the
window or patio door and the building structure .
Depending on the window or patio door type, Andersen
recommends 1/4" to 3/8" at each side and 1/2" to
3/4" for height . See appropriate product sections
for rough opening guidelines for each product.
Keep in mind that rough opening dimensions may need
to be altered from published guidelines depending on
installation methods, joining methods, replacement
methods, etc . For example, flashing systems can
reduce the amount of available rough opening space
and should be factored in when calculating rough
opening dimensions . The use of support or joining
materials will encroach on the rough opening and
may require additional rough opening space between
the unit and the building structure, depending on
the thickness of the flashing system and joining
materials used .
1/4" minimum
space at sides
1/4"
min.
Example of two units joined
together with the use of gusset
plates and pan head screws that
will likely require adjustment to
rough opening.
Shims at sill
Varies
Interior
Example of window unit installed using
Andersen published rough opening dimensions.
general noTeS
House wrap
Shim at sill
Sill flashing membrane
Installation clip
Rough
opening
gap
Rough Sill
Interior
Andersen Corporation reserves the right to change details, specifications or sizes without notice .
The customer assumes all risk of alterations made to Andersen products .
imPorTance of ProPer inSTallaTion
Example of sill flashing as depicted in Andersen installation guide.
House wrap
Shim at sill
Sill flashing membrane
Beveled sill
Installation clip
Adjust
rough
opening
When ordering, make certain you specify, then verify, the exact product, unit dimensions, configuration
requirements, color and options you desire on each window or patio door . Before installing the product,
we suggest you verify that it includes the features and options you ordered . When joining windows
in combination other than shown in this catalog, contact your local Andersen® supplier for specific
installation procedures . Printing limitations prohibit exact color duplication of product . Use actual
sample for building specifications .
Rough Sill
Interior
Example of alternative for built-up sill requiring adjustment
to Andersen published rough opening dimensions.
Proper installation and maintenance of Andersen products is essential to attain optimum performance
and operation . Written installation instructions which provide guidelines for proper installation are
typically provided with Andersen products . They are also available from your local Andersen supplier
or by visiting andersenwindows .com . Remember that every installation is different, and Andersen
strongly recommends consultation with the local supplier or an experienced contractor, architect
or structural engineer prior to the installation of any Andersen product . The method of attachment
for Andersen products, fastener selection and code compliance is the responsibility of the architect,
building owner, contractor, installer and/or consumer .
For more complete installation details, refer to the Andersen Architectural Detail File or contact
Andersen Corporation .
anderSen furniShed ParTS
Always request genuine Andersen accessories . Light colored areas shown on detail drawing are basic
parts furnished by Andersen . Dark colored areas are recommended Andersen parts to complete unit
assembly and need to be specifically ordered .
codeS
Appropriate selection of Andersen® products which conform to all applicable laws, ordinances,
building codes and safety requirements is the sole responsibility of the architect, building owner and/or
contractor . Check with your local Andersen supplier and building code officials for specific information .
7
Installation Information
general inSTallaTion guidelineS
Read and follow the installation guide in its entirety .
1 . Use the appropriate drainage plane on the building (housewrap, building paper, etc .) .
2 . Make certain the drainage plane is continuous (proper overlaps to shed water,
taped seams, etc .) .
lookouT for kidS® Program
3 . Read and follow the installation guides .
4 . With the exception of skylights, Andersen products should be installed only
in the vertical position .
®
5 . Check the rough opening to make sure it is sized properly and is square and level .
See page 7 for more rough opening details .
6 . Install the window plumb .
7 . Install the window level .
9 . Follow installation guides to properly locate shims and to make sure that units
are plumb, level and square . Shims are often required under the window
jambs at the sill and along the jambs on the sides .
10 . Check for squareness of unit before final anchoring in wall .
11 . Anchor the window properly with appropriate fasteners (nails or screws
spaced as directed) .
12 . Integrate the window into the drainage plane of the wall using high-quality flashing and
sealing materials . All flashing materials should be properly overlapped to shed water .
13 . Allow 1/4" for a sealant joint around perimeter of unit between exterior finish
materials and unit .
Andersen Corporation
LookOut For Kids Program
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003
Call 1-800-313-8889 or Email us at: lofk@andersencorp .com
exTerior PainTing/Sealing
of anderSen® ProducTS
14 . Insulate the interior cavity between the window frame and the rough opening .
Do not overpack .
15 . Check installation and operation of unit before application of interior trim .
16 . Stain and/or seal all unfinished wood surfaces promptly to minimize moisture absorption .
SafeTY glaSS
Unless specifically ordered, Andersen windows with High-Performance Low-E4
impact-resistant glass are not made with safety glass on the outside light, and if broken,
the glass could fragment, causing injury . Andersen windows may be ordered with tempered
glass, which may reduce the likelihood of injury when broken . All Andersen patio doors are
made with tempered or tempered laminated glass . Differences in appearance between
tempered and non-tempered glass can be expected . Slight visual distortions may be
noticeable and occur normally as a result of the tempering process . Building codes
require safety glass in locations adjacent to or near doors or at other locations .
™
The Consumer Product Safety Commission has said: “Keep children away from open
windows to prevent falls . Don’t depend on insect screens to keep the child from falling
out of the window . They are designed to keep insects out, not children in . Avoid placing
furniture near windows to keep children from climbing to a window seat or sill .” In an
effort to educate consumers about the potential for child falls from windows, Andersen
Corporation created the LookOut For Kids® Program .
It combines a window safety brochure and specific product instructions to help make
window and door safety an important priority for consumers . For more information on
child safety, write:
8 . Install the window square (diagonal measurements should be within 1/8") .
®
In the event of an intense storm or extreme weather conditions, DO NOT stand in front of windows
and doors . Make sure all windows and doors are closed, locked and any auxiliary hardware
(tilt-wash fold-down brackets) are engaged . Remove all window and door accessories such as
grilles, art glass panels and insect screens . Seek safety at approved evacuation locations . If
none are available, follow your community's pre-determined evacuation route to a safe location .
®
Most Andersen® products include Perma-Shield® prefinished exteriors that are available in a
variety of colors . The exterior of some Andersen products may be painted or stained . However,
improper painting and staining may cause damage to vinyl, aluminum and other exterior
materials . Please adhere to the following guidelines when painting Andersen product exteriors .
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone® color may be painted any color lighter than Terratone
color using quality oil-base or latex paint .
• When painting White units, submit color samples to Andersen for approval .
• When painting White, Sandtone or Terratone colored units any color darker than
Terratone color, submit color samples to Andersen for approval .
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors .
• Creosote-based stains should not come in contact with Andersen products .
• Do not paint weatherstripping .
WindoW and PaTio door SafeTY
• Do not use abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents on Andersen products .
Windows may provide a secondary avenue of escape or rescue in an emergency, such as
a fire . Every family should develop an escape plan and make sure family members know
how to escape from the home in an emergency . In your plan, include two ways to escape
from every room in case one way is blocked by fire or smoke and make sure you have a
designated meeting place outside . A window or a door is an alternate means of escape
or rescue . Practice your plan until each member of the family understands it and is able
to escape without assistance . Remember, you may not be able to reach children during a
fire emergency . Teach children – even very young children – that they must escape from
a fire in the home and never hide from the fire or from emergency personnel .
• Andersen does not warrant the adhesion of paint to product exteriors .
imPacT glaSS uniTS noTice
Please note that Andersen® coastal products with impact-resistant glass are not hurricaneor shatter-proof . However, Andersen coastal products glazed with impact-resistant glass
are less susceptible to object penetration when broken than units glazed with other types
of glass . Coastal products are tested to the impact performance requirements of The Large
Missile Test of ASTM E1996/E1886 and/or Miami-Dade TAS201, 202, 203 . Coastal products
with impact-resistant glass have been tested for air, water and structural performance based
on the requirements of a specific product performance rating . However, when these units
are subjected to intense storms or extreme conditions, which exceed the intended product
performance rating, air and water infiltration and flying debris penetration may occur .
8
• For additional painting and preparation instructions, contact your Andersen supplier .
cauTionS
1 . Directly applying certain types of after-market film to surfaces of the insulating glass in
windows or patio doors may cause thermal stress conditions and result in glass breakage
or seal failure . Andersen Corporation is not responsible for product performance when
films are applied to Andersen products .
2 . The use of removable insulating materials such as insulated window coverings, shutters
and other shading devices may also cause thermal stress conditions and/or deformation
of protective vinyl . In addition, excessive condensation may result, which can have a
deteriorating effect on the window or patio door unit(s) involved . Andersen Corporation
is not responsible for product performance when these kinds of materials or devices
are applied to or used in conjunction with Andersen products .
3 . In masonry wall construction, leave adequate clearance between sill, jambs and masonry
for caulking and dimensional change of framework .
4 . Acid solutions commonly used to wash brick and other masonry materials do not affect
exterior cladding, but may etch the glass and cause seal failure . Follow the acid solution
manufacturer’s recommendations carefully and also be careful to protect and/or cover
the entire window unit before washing down brick . Damage caused by acid solution is
not covered under the Andersen limited warranty .
400
Casement&
AwningWindows
Casement &
Awning Windows
IZINGr fo! r details.
S
M
O
T
S
CU Andersen supplie
see your
Section Reference
Casement
Table of Basic Sizes .......... 12
Basic Unit Details ............... 13
Joining Details................... 13
Opening Specifications ...... 16
Combination Design.......... 70
Performance Data ............. 75
Awning
Table of Basic Sizes .......... 14
Basic Unit Details ............... 14
Opening Specifications ...... 18
Combination Design.......... 70
Performance Data ............. 75
Andersen® casement and awning windows feature an attractive, seamless
exterior appearance, and their slender sash help bring sunshine inside.
Casement & Awning Windows
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
FRame
Flexible bulb weatherstripping
or black PVC closed-cell foam
weatherstripping is factoryinstalled on the perimeter
of the sash.
A seamless one-piece,
pre-formed rigid vinyl frame
cover is secured to
the exterior of the
frame to protect
the wood frame
from moisture
and maintain
an attractive
appearance while
minimizing maintenance.
Additional screws
have been added to
each window hinge.
Andersen® casement and
awning windows are available
in four neutral colors. Specify
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
A hinge-side sash stiffener
bar has been added to
the frame of C55 and C6 height
windows. On non-venting
windows, the sash is held in
place with sash clips that use
screws instead of standard
staples, providing the rigid
frame and sash connection
that is needed to withstand
greater design pressures.
Interior stops are
unfinished clear pine. Lowmaintenance prefinished white
interiors are also available.
Choose either painted or
vinyl-wrapped options.
Venting units
have a full-length,
corrosion-resistant exterior
frame snugger, adding rigidity
to the unit.
GlaSS
SaSH
A non-corrosive rigid vinyl
or CPVC glazing bead features
a flexible lip that, combined
with silicone glazing, provides
increased weathertightness.
Rigid vinyl (PVC) encases
the entire sash. A vinyl weld
protects each sash corner
to help prevent moisture
penetration, maintain an
attractive appearance and
minimize maintenance.
The seamless rigid exterior
vinyl cover extends 1-3/8" (35)
around the perimeter of the unit.
This creates a flange for helping
to attach the unit to the structure.
Wood frame members
are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative
for long-lasting* protection
and performance.
Silicone is applied to the
full perimeter of the glass
on the interior side of the pane
to add strength and stability.
Natural wood core members
provide excellent structural
stability and energy efficiency.
exterior
HaRdwaRe
Consult local building
codes for glass most
suitable to your area. Glass
options include:
The Smooth Control™
hardware system employs
a worm gear drive for easy
operation. The split-arm
operator moves the sash away
from the frame to provide for
easier glass cleaning.
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® glass (PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun glass
(PG Upgrade)
Operators are attached
with additional screws for
improved strength and stability.
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass
(PG Upgrade)
A single-actuation lock releases
the sash for easy opening
while the “reach-out” action
eliminates binding when
closing. The lock bezel and
handle are offered in finishes
that coordinate with your
specified hardware style option.
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Sun impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
impact-resistant glass
Some sizes have an
additional lock for added
reinforcement. C2-C25 sizes
have a single lock. C3-C35
sizes have two locks. C4-C6
sizes have three locks.
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
SmartSun™ tempered
impact-resistant glass
* For complete information
on our limited warranties,
visit andersenwindows.com or
contact your Andersen supplier.
• Monolithic
impact-resistant glass
• Monolithic tinted
impact-resistant glass
Interior
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color
and texture make each window one-of-a-kind.
Specify a unit exterior color option and an interior finish option to complete your order.
Andersen® 400 Series casement windows are available with prefinished white interior stops.
White
Sandtone
Terratone
Hardware
®
ForestGreen
pine
white
Sold Separately.
Estate Hardware
™
Available in bright brass, antique brass,
polished chrome, brushed chrome,
satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze,
distressed nickel and distressed bronze.
Folding Hardware
Classic Series Hardware
Folding handle avoids interference
with window decorating treatments.
™
Contemporary
Traditional
Available in bright brass, satin nickel,
oil rubbed bronze, white, stone,
gold dust and black finish.
Available in bright brass, antique brass,
satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze, white,
stone, gold dust and black finish.
Available in white
or stone finish.
Hardware
Finishes
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oilrubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
golddust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples.
10
Casement&
AwningWindows
InStallatIOn
SyStem
Sold Separately.
FRame
SpecIal USe
OpeRatORS
400
accessories
InSect ScReenS
Andersen Classic Series™ design only.
Andersen remote power operators cannot
be used with awnings with Stormwatch®
protection.
The installation system
includes 1-1/2" (38)
by 3" (76) stainless steel
installation clips for additional
reinforcement. The installation
clips are screwed to the frame
and fastened to the rough
opening for secure installation.
Optional 6" clips are available
for use with factory-applied or
pre-applied extension jambs.
Awning Sash Locks
Drywall Return Bead
A drywall return bead is
available for units ordered
with prefinished white interiors.
Can be ordered factory-applied
or in non-applied lineals.
Extension Jambs
Standard casement/awning jamb
depth is 2-7/8" (83). Extension
jambs are available for a variety
of wall depths. Some sizes may
be pine veneer.
Non-Applied Extension Jambs
Pine extension jambs are
available for the following
wall thicknesses:
• 4-9/16" (116)
• 5-1/4" (133)
• 6-9/16" (167)
• 7-1/8" (181)
Awning sash locks provide an
added measure of security and
weathertightness.
Extension jambs are pre-drilled
in the following width:
• 6-9/16" (167)
All sizes are available unfinished
or with a low-maintenance
vinyl wrapped white finish.
Factory-Applied
Extension Jambs
Available in 4-9/16" (116)
and 6-9/16" (167) sizes.
They can be applied to either
three sides (stool and apron
applications) or four sides
(picture frame casing).
Ask your Andersen supplier
for details.
pG UpGRadeS
Casement and
Awning Windows
PG Upgrades are available for
select sizes only. Ask your
Andersen® supplier for details.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
See the limited warranty for details.
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a registered trademark
of the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation.
*
HaRdwaRe
Optional CorrosionResistant Hardware
Hardware components include
high-quality, stainless-steel,
corrosion-resistant hinges,
screws and operator. For harsh
and corrosive environment
applications such as heavy
industrial or coastal areas.*
GlaSS
Andersen Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
come in eleven original
patterns, including four
Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details on
Andersen art glass, or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
®
Compact Operator Handle
Specially designed for use
in situations where blinds
or other window treatments
interfere with standard
operator handle. Available
in white or stone finish.
Easy-Grip Handle
Larger knob makes
it easier to grip and operate.
Available in white or
stone finish.
exclUSIve
TruScene® Insect Screen
TruScene insect screens provide
over 50% more clarity than our
conventional insect screens. For
casement and awning windows.
Available with stone or white
colored frames or pine interiors
to blend with the windows that
surround them.
Conventional Insect Screen
Conventional Perma-Clean®
insect screens are available
with frames finished in
white and stone.
Metal T-Handle
Our smallest
operator, the metal T-handle
may make it more difficult for
young children (5 and under)
to open the window.
For more information on child safety, write:
Andersen Corporation
LookOut for Kids® Program
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003
Call 1-800-313-8889 or Email us at:
[email protected]
Operator Spline Cover
An operator spline cover is
an attractive cap that covers
the roto operator stud when
the handle has been removed
to control access or operation
of the window. Operator spline
cover should not be used on any
window designated or intended
for emergency escape or rescue.
Please consult your local building
code official for local egress
code requirements.
CAUTION:
• Painting and staining may
cause damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone®
color may be painted any color lighter
than Terratone using quality oil-base
or latex paint. Submit color samples
to Andersen for approval when
painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should
not come in contact with
Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant the
adhesion of paint to vinyl.
11
Casement & Awning Windows
Table of Basic Casement Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
1'-5"
(432)
1'-5 1/2"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(445)
12 5/8"
Unobstructed Glass*
(321)
Unit Dimension
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
15 11/16"
(398)
19 5/16"
(491)
CTR1510 ‡ CTR1810 ‡
CTR2010 ‡
24"
(610)
2'-7 1/2"
(800)
2'-8"
(813)
27 1/8"
(689)
2'-1115/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 9/16"
(802)
2'-9 3/4"
(857)
2'-10 1/4"
(870)
12 5/8"
(321)
3'-4 3/4"
(1035)
3'-5 1/4"
(1048)
16 1/8"
(410)
23 9/16"
(599)
26 11/16"
(678)
31 1/8"
(791)
28 15/16"
(735)
CTR2410 ‡
CTR2810 ‡
CTR3010 ‡
CTR2910 ‡
19 5/16" 7 3/16"
(491)
(183)
7 3/16"
(183)
12 3/16"
(310)
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
19 3/4"
(502)
To find compatible
Circle Top,™ arch and
other shaped windows,
see the specialty
window section
beginning on page 33.
CN12
C12
CW12
CR125
CN125
C125
CW125
CX125
CR13
CN13
C13
CW13
CX13
CR135
CN135
C135
CW135†
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
4'-9"
(1448)
24"
(610)
51 11/16"
(1313)
CTR3410 ‡
CTR4010 ‡
CTR4810 ‡
CTR21810
CTR22010
CTR22410
CTR units are
non-venting.
Venting
Configuration
CN22
C22
CW22
CN225
C225
CW225
31 1/8"
(791)
23 9/16"
(598)
CR12
35 15/16"
(913)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
19 3/4"
(502)
43 3/16"
(1097)
CR23
CN23
C23
CW23
CXW135
CR235
CN235
C235
CW235†
36"
(914)
CXW13
Hinging shown
on size table
is standard.
Specify left, right
or stationary, as
viewed from the
outside. For other
hinging of multiple
units, contact your
local supplier.
43 3/16"
(1097)
CX135**
Left
CN14
C14
CW14†
CX14
CXW14
CR24
CN24
C24
CW24†
CR145
CN145
C145
CW145†
CX145
CXW145
CR245
CN245
C245
CW245†
CR15
CN15
C15
CW15†
CX15
CR25
CN25
C25
CW25†
48"
(1219)
CR14
Right
55 1/16"
(1399)
2'-0 5/8" 1'-0 1/2" 1'-0 1/2"
(318)
(625)
(318)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
3'-5 3/8"
(1051)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-5 3/8"
(1356)
5'-0 3/8"
(1534)
4'-11 7/8"
(1521)
4'-4 13/16"
(1341)
4'-0"
(1219)
3'-4 13/16"
(1037)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-0 1/8" 1-0"
(613)
(305)
1-0"
(305)
Unobstructed Glass
Transom Units Only
1'-8 1/2"
(521)
1'-9"
(533)
16 1/8"
(410)
60"
(1524)
CR155
CN155
C155
CW155†
CX155
CR255
CN255
C255
CW255†
CR16
CN16
C16
CW16†
CX16
CR26
CN26
C26
CW26†
67 1/16"
(1703)
5'-5 3/8"
(1660)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
5'-11 7/8"
(1826)
5'-4 13/16"
(1646)
Stationary
* “Unobstructed Glass” measurement is for single sash only.
** These units have straight arm operators, see opening specifications.
† CW series units open to 20" clear opening width using sill hinge control bracket. Bracket can be pivoted allowing for cleaning position. CW series units
are also available with a 22" clear opening width.
‡ Andersen® art glass panels are available for these units by special order only. Contact your Andersen® supplier. Panels are available for all other units
on this page through normal ordering process.
These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Openable Area of 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Openable Width of 20" and Clear Openable Height of
24", when appropriate hardware (straight arm or split arm) is specified.
• Casement transom units (CTR) may be rotated to be used as a casement or awning sidelight.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items.
See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
12
Custom Sizes
Custom sizes
available. Some
restrictions apply.
Contact your
Andersen supplier
for availability.
2-3/8"
(60)
1-1/8" (29)
1-3/16" (30)
Monolithic
impact resistant glass
Head
Sash Projection
1-7/16"
(37)
C32
CN325
C325
ing
dth
Wi
rm n)
it a itio
spl pos
,
s
t
n
uni pe
C
W full o
rC
(fo or, in
t
era
op
r
lea
Jamb
Insect screen
1-1/8"
(29)
CN32
400
Extension jamb
Clear Opg.
Height
CTR32010
For CR, CN, C, CX125 through CX16 and CXW13
through CXW145 units with split arm operator,
and for C, CW, CX and CXW units with straight
arm operator in full open position.
anchoring flange to edge of extension jamb.
2-7/8"
(73)
1-5/16"
(33)
Unit Dimension Height
CTR31810
CTR6010 ‡
Clear Opening Width
* measurement is from backside of
2-5/8"
(67)
CTR5110 ‡
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Min. Rough Opening Height
5'-11 7/8"
(1826)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
19 3/4"
(502)
67 1/16"
(1703)
5'-1"
(1549)
5'-1 1/2"
(1562)
16 1/8"
(410)
56 3/16"
(1427)
Casement&
AwningWindows
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
n
pe
O
Jamb
14-1/4" (362)
17-3/4" (451)
21-3/8" (543)
25-5/8" (651)
28-3/4" (730)
33-3/16" (843)
Sill Stop
to Subfloor
Dimension
Sill
CN33
C33
Vertical Section
Monolithic Impact-Resistant Glass
Horizontal Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
Reinforced Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
NOTE: For two-way combinations exceeding 42 sq. ft., aluminum, steel or LVL reinforced joining materials must be used.
For smaller combinations, refer to the Combination Design section to determine if reinforcement is necessary.
C335
CN335
Casing by others
Casing by others
Andersen
extension jambs
Andersen
extension jambs
Structure by others
Structure by others
CN34
C34
2x4
2x6
Unit Dim. Width
C345
CN345
C35
CN35
2-3/8" (60)
Unit Dim. Width
2" (51)
Optional Andersen®
wood filler and
vinyl trim
Casement to Casement Support Mullion
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
2-7/8" (73)
Steel Reinforced Mullion
Casement units joined using Andersen steel
reinforced joining materials. For applications that
require reinforcement for lateral loads. Andersen
reinforced joining materials can be used for
mullion and transom joining.
•
•
•
•
Optional
Andersen® casing
Sum of individual Unit Dimension Widths,
plus 2" (51mm) for each unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 1/2" (13mm) to Overall Unit Dimension Width.
2-3/8" (60)
Andersen
extension jambs
Andersen
aluminum reinforced
narrow mullion
Andersen
LVL mullion
Sealant and
exterior trim strip
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width
3/4" (19)
1/8" (3)
Andersen®
2" (51)
Optional Andersen®
wood filler and
vinyl trim
Casement units joined using standard 2" x 4"
or 2" x 6" wood joining materials (supplied
by others). For applications that require
reinforcement for lateral loads. Andersen
support mullion trim is used to provide a
beautiful, durable finish trim that is compatible
with Andersen® product materials and colors.
Andersen
steel reinforced
narrow mullion
Unit Dim. Width Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width
Support Mullion
Andersen®
casing for steel
Sealant and
exterior trim strip
Unit Dim. Width
Andersen®
LVL Reinforced Mullion
Casement units joined using Andersen LVL (Laminated
Veneer Lumber) reinforced joining materials. For
applications that require reinforcement for lateral loads.
Andersen LVL reinforced joining materials can be used
for mullion and transom joining.
1/8" (3)
Andersen®
Aluminum Reinforced Mullion
Casement units joined using Andersen aluminum
reinforced joining materials. For applications that
require reinforcement for lateral loads. Andersen
aluminum reinforced joining materials can be used
for mullion and transom joining.
Casement transom units (CTR) may be rotated to be used as a casement or awning sidelight.
Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
Note: Floor to sill heights are calculated based upon a structural header height of 6'-10 1/2".
Light colored areas are basic parts furnished by Andersen. Dark colored areas are recommended Andersen parts to complete unit assembly and must be specifically ordered.
13
Casement & Awning Windows
Table of Basic Awning Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Minimum
Rough Opening
1'-5 1/2"
(445)
12 5/8"
(321)
1'-9"
(533)
AR21
AR251
AR281 ‡
AR31
AR351
AR41
AR451
AR51
AN21
AN251
AN281 ‡
AN31
AN351
AN41
AN451
AN51
16 1/8"
(410)
A281 ‡
A251
A31
A351
A451
A41
A51
AW251
AW281 ‡
AW31
AW351
AW41
AW451
AW51
AX251
AX281 ‡
AX31
AX351
AX41
AX451
AX51
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
(1435)
5'-2 3 ⁄ 4"
(1594)
5'-11 5 ⁄ 8"
(1819)
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
(1826)
7'-0 5 ⁄ 8"
(2149)
4'-0 1 ⁄ 2"
(1232)
19 5 ⁄ 16"
(491)
4'-9"
(1448)
23 9 ⁄ 16"
(598)
5'-3 1 ⁄ 4"
(1607)
27 1 ⁄ 8"
(689)
6'-0 1 ⁄ 8"
(1832)
31 1 ⁄ 8"
(791)
6'-0 3 ⁄ 8"
(1838)
19 5 ⁄ 16"
(491)
7'-1 1 ⁄ 8"
(2162)
23 9 ⁄ 16"
(598)
AR221
AR2251
AR2281
AR231
AR321
AR3251
AN221
AN2251
AN2281
AN231
AN321
AN3251
A221
A2251
A2281
A231
A321
A3251
‡ Andersen® art glass panels are available for these units
by special order only. Contact your Andersen® supplier.
Panels are available for all other units on this page,
except where noted, through normal ordering process.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased
to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for
more details.
• Dashed lines on size tables indicate hinging (also
available as stationary units).
• Stationary units are available as venting units by
special order. Some restrictions may apply. Contact
your local Andersen® Supplier.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to
frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired:
White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
4'-0"
(1219)
12 5 ⁄ 8"
(321)
16 1 ⁄ 8"
(410)
Stationary
Venting Configuration
2'-0 1 ⁄ 8"
(613)
2'-11 15 ⁄ 16"
(913)
2'-0 5 ⁄ 8"
(625)
3'-0 1 ⁄ 2"
(927)
A212
AW231
AX2251
AX2281
AX231
AW3251
AW321
AX3251
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1-5/16"
(33)
Clear Opg. Width
To find compatible Circle Top, arch and other
shaped windows, see the specialty window
section beginning on page 33.
A312
(A31/A31)
6'-0 3 ⁄ 8"
(1838)
AW2281
27 1 ⁄ 8"
(689)
AW2251
5'-11 7 ⁄ 8"
(1826)
24"
(610)
(A21/A21)
AW221
2'-8"
(813)
Custom sizes
available. Some
restrictions apply.
Contact your
Andersen supplier
for availability.
19 3 ⁄ 4"
(502)
1'-5 1 ⁄ 2"
(445)
2'-4 7 ⁄ 8"
(733)
2'-0 5 ⁄ 8"
(625)
1'-9"
(533)
Unobstructed Glass*
1'-5"
(432)
5'-0 3/8"
(1534)
55 1/16"
(1399)
24"
(610)
Minimum
Rough Opening
2'-0 1 ⁄ 8" 1'-8 1 ⁄ 2"
(521)
(613)
4'-5 3/8"
(1356)
48"
(1219)
27 1/8"
(689)
2'-8"
(813)
2'-7 1/2"
(800)
Unit Dimension
2'-4 3 ⁄ 8"
(721)
4'-11 7/8"
(1521)
Venting
AW21
2'-7 1 ⁄ 2"
(800)
4'-4 13/16"
(1341)
19 3/4"
(502)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
19 5/16"
(491)
A21
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-0 1/8" 1'-8 1/2"
(613)
(521)
1'-5"
(432)
Unobstructed Glass
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
43 3/16"
(1097)
4'-0 1 ⁄ 2"
(1232)
Unit Dimension
Custom Sizes
2'-7 1/2" 2'-11 15/16" 3'-4 13/16"
(913)
(800)
(1037)
3'-0 1/2"
3'-5 3/8"
2'-8"
(927)
(813)
(1051)
27 1/8"
31 1/8"
36"
(689)
(914)
(791)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
23 9/16"
(598)
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
2-7/8"
(73)
A213
(A21/A21/A21)
A313
(A31/A31/A31)
™
1-5/16" Jamb
(33)
1/4"
(6)
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1/4"
(6)
Horizontal Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
Extension
jamb
High-Performance™ Low-E4®
impact-resistant glass
Monolithic
impact-resistant glass
1-1/8" (29)
15/16" (17)
Insect screen
Head
Clear
Opening
Height
* 4-9/16" measurement is from backside of anchoring flange to edge of extension jamb.
NOTE: See more installation information starting on page 6.
CAUTION: In masonry wall contruction, provided a minimum of 1/2” clearance from the top of the brick or masonry to the bottom of any portion of the sill.
Failure to do so could result in product damage. Fill the void with closed cell foam backer rod and sealant. Be sure to allow for dimensional change of framework.
14
Extension jamb
Unit Dimension Height
2-5/16" (59)
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1-3/16" (30)
2-7/8"
(72)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
1-1/8" (29)
1-1/8" (29)
1-1/8" (29)
1/4"
(6)
Sill
Vertical Section
Monolithic Impact-Resistant Glass
Sill Stop to
Subfloor
Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
7 3/16"
(183)
31 1/8"
(791)
3'-4 13/16"
(1037)
3'-5 3/8"
(1051)
36"
(914)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0 1/2"
PTR3010 ‡
PTR3510 ‡
(1232)
43 3/16"
(1097)
4'-4 13/16"
(1341)
4'-5 3/8"
(1356)
48"
(1219)
4'-11 7/8"
(1521)
5'-0 3/8"
(1534)
55 1/16"
(1399)
5'-4 13/16"
(1646)
5'-5 3/8"
(1660)
60"
(1524)
5'-11 7/8"
(1826)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
67 1/16"
(1703)
PTR4010 ‡
PTR4510 ‡
PTR5010 ‡
PTR5510 ‡
PTR6010 ‡
P3030
P3530
P4030
P4530
P5030
P5530
P6030
P3035
P3535
P4035
P4535
P5035
P5535
P6035
P3040
P3540
P4040
P4540
P5040
P5540 ‡
P6040 ‡
P3045
P3545
P4045
P4545 ‡
P5045 ‡
P5545 ‡
P6045 ‡
P3050
P3550
P4050
P4550 ‡
P5050 ‡
P5550 ‡
P6050 ‡
60"
(1524)
55 1/16"
(1399)
48"
(1219)
43 3/16"
(1097)
36"
(914)
1'-0 1/2"
(318)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
P3055
P3555
P4055 ‡
P4555 ‡
P5055 ‡
P3060
P3560
P4060 ‡
P4560 ‡
P5060 ‡
‡ Andersen® art glass panels are available for these units by special order only.
Contact your Andersen® supplier. Panels are available for all other units on
this page through normal ordering process.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of
building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items.
See page 7 for more details.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green.
• PICTURE UNITS may be rotated in either direction to align with casement or
awning windows (as illustrated by label on glass).
67 1/16"
(1703)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
5'-5 3/8"
(1660)
5'-0 3/8"
(1534)
4'-5 3/8"
(1356)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
3'-5 3/8"
(1051)
1-0"
(305)
(1037)
(1341)
(1521)
5'-11 7/8"
(1826)
5'-4 13/16"
(1646)
4'-11 7/8"
4'-4 13/16"
4'-0"
(1219)
3'-4 13/16"
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
Unobstructed Glass
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 1/8"
(791)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Picture Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1/4" (6)
Glass Width
Unit Dimension Width
2-3/8"
(60)
Jamb
1/4" (6)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Glass
Width
2-3/8"
(60)
1-1/8" (29)
1-3/16" (30)
Head
2-3/8"
(60)
2-3/8"
(60)
2-7/8"
(72)
1/4" (6)
Unit Dimension Width
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
2-7/8"
(72)
Jamb
1-5/16"
(33)
Monolithic
Impact-Resistant Glass
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1-3/16"
(30)
1-1/8"
(29)
1-5/16"
(33)
400
Unit Dimension
Casement&
AwningWindows
Table of Picture Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass
Extension jamb
1/4" (6)
Sill
Horizontal Section
Monolithic Impact-Resistant Glass
* 4-9/16" measurement is from backside of anchoring flange to edge of extension jamb.
Vertical Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
15
Casement & Awning Windows
Casement Window Opening Specifications
Clear Opening in Full Open Position
Unit
Number
Clear Opg.
Straight Arm
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
CR12
CR125
CR13
CR135
CR14
CR145
CR15
CR155
CR16
CR23
CR235
CR24
CR245
CR25
CR255
CR26
CN12
CN125
CN13
CN135
CN14
CN145
CN15
CN155
CN16
CN22
CN225
CN23
CN235
CN24
CN245
CN25
CN255
CN26
CN32
CN325
CN33
CN335
CN34
CN345
CN35
C12
C125
C13
C135
C14
C145
C15
C155
C16
C22
C225
C23
C235
C24
C245
C25
C255
C26
C32
C325
C33
C335
C34
C345
C35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.6
5.5
6.1
7.0
7.6
8.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.6
5.5
6.1
7.0
7.6
8.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.6
5.5
6.1
7.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.427)
(0.511)
(0.567)
(0.650)
(0.706)
(0.790)
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.427)
(0.511)
(0.567)
(0.650)
(0.706)
(0.790)
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.427)
(0.511)
(0.567)
(0.650)
Clear Opg.
Split Arm
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
1.0
1.2
1.6
1.8
2.2
2.4
2.8
3.1
3.4
1.6
1.8
2.2
2.4
2.8
3.1
3.4
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.1
4.5
5.0
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.1
4.5
5.0
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.2
3.6
4.1
1.9
2.4
3.1
3.6
4.3
4.8
5.5
6.0
6.7
1.9
2.4
3.1
3.6
4.3
4.8
5.5
6.0
6.7
1.9
2.4
3.1
3.6
4.3
4.8
5.5
(0.093)
(0.111)
(0.149)
(0.167)
(0.204)
(0.223)
(0.260)
(0.288)
(0.316)
(0.149)
(0.167)
(0.204)
(0.223)
(0.260)
(0.288)
(0.316)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.214)
(0.251)
(0.297)
(0.334)
(0.381)
(0.418)
(0.465)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.214)
(0.251)
(0.297)
(0.334)
(0.381)
(0.418)
(0.465)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.214)
(0.251)
(0.297)
(0.334)
(0.381)
(0.177)
(0.223)
(0.288)
(0.334)
(0.399)
(0.446)
(0.511)
(0.557)
(0.622)
(0.177)
(0.223)
(0.288)
(0.334)
(0.399)
(0.446)
(0.511)
(0.557)
(0.622)
(0.177)
(0.223)
(0.288)
(0.334)
(0.399)
(0.446)
(0.511)
Straight Arm
Width
Inches
(mm)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
18-5/16"
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
(465)
Split Arm
Width
Inches
(mm)
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
7-5/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
10-13/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
14-7/16"
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(186)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(275)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
(367)
Bold Italic = Straight-arm ‘C’ width units available as special orders.
NOTE: Floor to sill heights are calculated based upon a structural header height of 6' 10-1/2".
16
Height
Inches (mm)
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
23-7/16"
19-1/4"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(595)
(489)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
1.7
2.0
2.7
3.1
3.8
4.2
4.8
5.2
5.9
5.4
6.3
7.6
8.4
9.6
10.5
11.7
2.2
2.6
3.5
4.0
4.8
5.4
6.2
6.7
7.5
5.2
4.4
7.0
8.0
9.7
10.7
12.3
13.4
15.0
6.6
7.8
10.5
12.0
14.4
16.2
18.6
2.6
3.2
4.3
4.9
5.9
6.6
7.5
8.2
9.2
5.2
6.4
8.5
9.9
11.8
13.1
15.1
16.4
18.4
7.8
9.6
12.8
14.8
17.7
19.7
22.6
(0.158)
(0.186)
(0.251)
(0.288)
(0.353)
(0.390)
(0.446)
(0.483)
(0.548)
(0.502)
(0.585)
(0.706)
(0.780)
(0.892)
(0.975)
(1.087)
(0.204)
(0.242)
(0.325)
(0.372)
(0.446)
(0.502)
(0.576)
(0.622)
(0.697)
(0.484)
(0.408)
(0.650)
(0.743)
(0.901)
(0.994)
(1.143)
(1.245)
(1.394)
(0.612)
(0.726)
(0.975)
(1.116)
(1.338)
(1.506)
(1.728)
(0.242)
(0.297)
(0.399)
(0.455)
(0.548)
(0.613)
(0.697)
(0.762)
(0.855)
(0.484)
(0.594)
(0.790)
(0.920)
(1.096)
(1.217)
(1.403)
(1.524)
(1.709)
(0.726)
(0.891)
(1.189)
(1.375)
(1.644)
(1.830)
(2.100)
Crack Opening Vent
Sash Only
Lineal Ft. (mm)
6' 4-13/16"
7' 0-15/16"
8' 4-7/16"
9' 2-3/16"
10' 4-9/16"
11' 2-3/16"
12' 4-5/16"
13' 2-3/16"
14' 4-5/16"
16' 8-7/8"
18' 4-3/8"
20' 9-1/8"
22' 4-3/8"
24' 8-5/8"
26' 4-3/8"
28' 8-5/8"
6' 11-13/16"
7' 7-15/16"
8' 11-7/16"
9' 9-3/16"
10' 11-9/16"
11' 9-3/16"
12' 11-5/16"
13' 9-3/16"
14' 11-5/16"
15' 3-7/8"
13' 11-5/8"
17' 10-7/8"
19' 6-3/8"
21' 11-1/8"
23' 6-3/8"
25' 10-5/8"
27' 6-3/8"
29' 10-5/8"
13' 11-5/8"
15' 3-7/8"
17' 10-7/8"
19' 6-3/8"
21' 11-1/8"
23' 6-3/8"
25' 10-5/8"
7' 7-1/16"
8' 3-3/16"
9' 6-11/16"
10' 4-7/16"
11' 6-13/16"
12' 4-7/16"
13' 6-9/16"
14' 4-7/16"
15' 6-9/16"
15' 2-1/8"
16' 6-3/8"
19' 1-3/8"
20' 8-7/8"
23' 1-5/8"
24' 8-7/8"
27' 1-1/8"
28' 8-7/8"
31' 1-1/8"
15' 2-1/8"
16' 6-3/8"
19' 1-3/8"
20' 8-7/8"
23' 1-5/8"
24' 8-7/8"
27' 1-1/8"
(1951)
(2157)
(2551)
(2799)
(3164)
(3408)
(3767)
(4018)
(4377)
(5102)
(5598)
(6328)
(6817)
(7534)
(8036)
(8753)
(2129)
(2335)
(2729)
(2977)
(3342)
(3586)
(3945)
(4196)
(4555)
(4670)
(4258)
(5458)
(5953)
(6683)
(7172)
(7890)
(8392)
(9109)
(4258)
(4670)
(5458)
(5954)
(6684)
(7172)
(7890)
(2313)
(2519)
(2913)
(3161)
(3526)
(3770)
(4129)
(4380)
(4739)
(4626)
(5038)
(5826)
(6321)
(7052)
(7541)
(8258)
(8760)
(9477)
(4626)
(5038)
(5826)
(6321)
(7052)
(7541)
(8258)
Straight Arm
Vent
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.6
5.5
6.1
7.0
7.6
8.5
5.0
6.0
7.9
9.2
11.0
12.2
14.0
15.3
17.1
5.0
6.0
7.9
9.2
11.0
12.2
14.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.427)
(0.511)
(0.567)
(0.650)
(0.706)
(0.790)
(0.464)
(0.558)
(0.734)
(0.855)
(1.022)
(1.133)
(1.301)
(1.421)
(1.589)
(0.464)
(0.558)
(0.734)
(0.855)
(1.022)
(1.134)
(1.301)
Split Arm
Vent
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
1.5
1.8
2.4
2.7
3.3
3.6
4.2
4.5
5.1
4.7
5.4
6.5
7.3
8.3
9.1
10.2
1.9
2.3
3.1
3.6
4.3
4.8
5.5
6.0
6.7
4.6
3.8
6.2
7.2
8.6
9.6
11.0
12.0
13.4
3.8
4.6
6.2
7.2
8.6
9.6
11.0
2.4
2.9
3.9
4.5
5.4
6.0
6.9
7.5
8.4
4.8
5.8
7.8
9.0
10.8
12.0
13.8
15.0
16.8
4.8
5.8
7.8
9.0
10.8
12.0
13.8
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.223)
(0.251)
(0.307)
(0.334)
(0.390)
(0.418)
(0.474)
(0.437)
(0.502)
(0.604)
(0.678)
(0.771)
(0.845)
(0.948)
(0.177)
(0.214)
(0.288)
(0.334)
(0.399)
(0.446)
(0.511)
(0.557)
(0.622)
(0.428)
(0.354)
(0.576)
(0.669)
(0.799)
(0.892)
(1.022)
(1.115)
(1.245)
(0.354)
(0.428)
(0.576)
(0.668)
(0.798)
(0.892)
(1.022)
(0.223)
(0.269)
(0.362)
(0.418)
(0.502)
(0.557)
(0.641)
(0.697)
(0.780)
(0.446)
(0.538)
(0.725)
(0.836)
(1.003)
(1.115)
(1.282)
(1.394)
(1.561)
(0.446)
(0.538)
(0.725)
(0.836)
(1.003)
(1.115)
(1.282)
Top of Subfloor
to Top of Inside
Sill Stop
Inches (m2)
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
56-6/16"
60-9/16"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1432)
(1538)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
2.8
3.3
4.2
4.8
5.7
6.2
7.1
7.7
8.5
8.4
9.6
11.3
12.4
14.2
15.4
17.0
3.4
4.0
5.1
5.8
6.8
7.5
8.5
9.2
10.2
8.0
6.8
10.2
11.5
13.6
15.0
16.9
18.4
20.3
10.2
12.0
15.3
17.4
20.4
22.5
25.5
4.0
4.7
6.0
6.8
8.0
8.8
10.0
10.9
12.0
8.0
9.4
12.0
13.6
16.0
17.6
20.0
21.6
24.0
12.0
14.1
17.9
20.4
24.0
26.4
29.9
(0.260)
(0.307)
(0.390)
(0.446)
(0.530)
(0.576)
(0.660)
(0.715)
(0.790)
(0.780)
(0.892)
(1.050)
(1.152)
(1.319)
(1.431)
(1.579)
(0.316)
(0.372)
(0.474)
(0.539)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.790)
(0.855)
(0.948)
(0.744)
(0.632)
(0.948)
(1.068)
(1.263)
(1.394)
(1.570)
(1.709)
(1.886)
(0.948)
(1.116)
(1.422)
(1.617)
(1.896)
(2.091)
(2.370)
(0.372)
(0.437)
(0.557)
(0.632)
(0.743)
(0.818)
(0.929)
(1.013)
(1.115)
(0.744)
(0.874)
(1.115)
(1.263)
(1.486)
(1.635)
(1.858)
(2.007)
(2.230)
(1.116)
(1.311)
(1.663)
(1.895)
(2.230)
(2.453)
(2.778)
Unit
Number
CW12
CW125
CW13
CW135*
CW14*
CW145*
CW15*
CW155*
CW16*
CW22
CW225
CW23
CW235*
CW24*
CW245*
CW25*
CW255*
CW26*
CX125
CX13
CX135*
CX14*
CX145*
CX15*
CX155*
CX16*
CXW13
CXW135*
CXW14*
CXW145*
3.0
3.7
4.9
5.7
6.8
7.5
8.6
9.4
10.5
3.0
3.7
4.9
5.7
6.8
7.5
8.6
9.4
10.5
4.2
5.5
6.4
7.7
8.6
9.8
10.7
12.0
6.5
7.5
9.0
10.0
(0.279)
(0.344)
(0.455)
(0.530)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.799)
(0.873)
(0.975)
(0.279)
(0.344)
(0.455)
(0.530)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.799)
(0.873)
(0.976)
(0.388)
(0.515)
(0.596)
(0.715)
(0.795)
(0.912)
(0.993)
(1.111)
(0.604)
(0.697)
(0.836)
(0.929)
Clear Opg.
Split Arm
Sq. Ft. (m2)
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.1
6.0
6.7
7.6
8.3
9.3
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.1
6.0
6.7
7.6
8.3
9.3
3.5
4.7
5.4
6.5
7.3
8.3
9.1
10.1
5.6
6.6
7.9
8.8
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.474)
(0.557)
(0.622)
(0.706)
(0.771)
(0.864)
(0.232)
(0.279)
(0.372)
(0.474)
(0.557)
(0.622)
(0.706)
(0.771)
(0.864)
(0.330)
(0.437)
(0.505)
(0.607)
(0.674)
(0.774)
(0.843)
(0.942)
(0.526)
(0.613)
(0.734)
(0.818)
Straight Arm
Width
Inches (mm)
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
22-9/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
25-11/16"
30-1/8"
30-1/8"
30-1/8"
30-1/8"
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(573)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(653)
(765)
(765)
(765)
(765)
Split Arm
Width
Inches (mm)
18-11/16"
18-11/16"
18-11/16"
20"
20"
20"
20"
20"
20"
18-11/16"
18-11/16"
18-11/16"
20"
20"
20"
20"
20"
20"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
21-13/16"
26-1/4"
26-1/4"
26-1/4"
26-1/4"
(475)
(475)
(475)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(475)
(475)
(475)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(508)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(554)
(667)
(667)
(667)
(667)
Height
Inches (mm)
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
36-3/8"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
19-1/4"
23-7/16"
31-1/16"
36-3/8"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
23 -7/16"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
55"
59-15/16"
67"
31-1/16"
35-15/16"
43-1/8"
47-15/16"
(489)
(595)
(789)
(924)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(489)
(595)
(789)
(924)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(595)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
(1397)
(1522)
(1702)
(789)
(913)
(1095)
(1218)
Crack Opening Vent
Glass
Sash Only
Sq. Ft. (m2) Lineal Ft. (mm)
Straight Arm
Vent
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Split Arm
Vent
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Top of Subfloor to
Top of Inside Sill
Stop
Overall Unit Area
Inches (m2) Sq. Ft. (m2)
3.2
3.9
5.2
6.0
7.2
8.0
9.2
10.0
11.2
6.4
7.8
10.4
12.0
14.4
16.0
18.3
20.0
22.3
4.4
5.9
6.8
8.1
9.0
10.4
11.3
12.6
6.8
7.9
9.5
10.5
3.0
3.7
4.9
5.7
6.8
7.5
8.6
9.4
10.5
6.0
7.4
9.8
11.4
13.5
15.0
17.3
18.8
21.0
4.2
5.5
6.4
7.7
8.6
9.8
10.7
12.0
6.5
7.5
9.0
10.0
3.0
3.6
4.8
5.5
6.6
7.3
8.4
9.1
10.2
6.0
7.2
9.6
11.1
13.1
14.6
16.7
18.2
20.4
4.1
5.4
6.3
7.6
8.4
9.7
10.5
11.8
6.1
7.0
8.4
9.4
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
60-9/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
56-3/8"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
24-13/16"
19-7/8"
12-13/16"
48-3/4"
43-7/8"
36-11/16"
31-7/8"
(0.297)
(0.362)
(0.483)
(0.557)
(0.669)
(0.743)
(0.855)
(0.929)
(1.041)
(0.594)
(0.724)
(0.966)
(1.115)
(1.338)
(1.486)
(1.700)
(1.858)
(2.072)
(0.412)
(0.544)
(0.629)
(0.755)
(0.839)
(0.963)
(1.049)
(1.172)
(0.632)
(0.734)
(0.883)
(0.975)
8' 3-9/16"
8' 11-11/16"
10' 3-3/16"
11' 0-15/16"
12' 3-5/16"
13' 0-15/16"
14' 3-1/16"
15' 0-15/16"
16' 3-1/16"
16' 7-1/8"
17' 11-3/8"
20' 6-3/8"
22' 1-7/8"
24' 6-5/8"
26' 1-7/8"
28' 6-1/8"
30' 1-7/8"
32' 6-1/8"
9' 6"
10' 9-5/8"
11' 7-1/4"
12' 9-5/8"
13' 7-1/4"
14' 9-5/8"
15' 7-1/4"
16' 9-5/8"
11' 6-5/16"
12' 4-1/16"
13' 6 -7/16"
14' 4-1/16"
(2529)
(2726)
(3129)
(3377)
(3742)
(3986)
(4345)
(4596)
(4955)
(5058)
(5452)
(6258)
(6753)
(7483)
(7972)
(8690)
(9192)
(9909)
(2896)
(3292)
(3536)
(3901)
(4145)
(4511)
(4755)
(5121)
(3513)
(3761)
(4126)
(4371)
(0.279)
(0.344)
(0.455)
(0.530)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.799)
(0.873)
(0.975)
(0.558)
(0.688)
(0.910)
(1.059)
(1.254)
(1.394)
(1.607)
(1.747)
(1.951)
(0.388)
(0.515)
(0.596)
(0.715)
(0.795)
(0.912)
(0.993)
(1.111)
(0.604)
(0.697)
(0.836)
(0.929)
(0.279)
(0.334)
(0.446)
(0.511)
(0.613)
(0.678)
(0.780)
(0.845)
(0.948)
(0.558)
(0.668)
(0.892)
(1.031)
(1.217)
(1.356)
(1.551)
(1.691)
(1.895)
(0.380)
(0.505)
(0.585)
(0.703)
(0.781)
(0.897)
(0.978)
(1.094)
(0.567)
(0.650)
(0.780)
(0.873)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1538)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1432)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
(630)
(505)
(325)
(1238)
(1114)
(932)
(810)
4.8
5.6
7.1
8.0
9.5
10.4
11.8
12.8
14.2
9.6
11.2
14.1
16.0
18.8
20.8
23.5
25.6
28.2
6.2
7.9
8.9
10.5
11.6
13.1
14.2
15.7
9.0
10.2
12.0
13.2
(0.446)
(0.520)
(0.660)
(0.743)
(0.883)
(0.966)
(1.096)
(1.189)
(1.319)
(0.892)
(1.040)
(1.310)
(1.486)
(1.747)
(1.932)
(2.183)
(2.378)
(2.620)
(0.577)
(0.730)
(0.829)
(0.975)
(1.073)
(1.217)
(1.317)
(1.461)
(0.836)
(0.948)
(1.115)
(1.226)
* These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Openable Area of 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Openable Width of 20" and Clear Openable Height of 24", when appropriate hardware (straight arm or split arm) is specified.
NOTE: Floor to sill heights are calculated based upon a structural header height of 6' 10-1/2".
Picture Window Glass/Unit Area
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
P3030
6.8
(0.632)
9.0
(0.836)
P4035
10.8
(1.003)
13.6
(1.263)
P5040
16.6
(1.542)
20.0
(1.858)
P3035
7.8
(0.725)
10.2
(0.948)
P4040
13.0
(1.208)
16.0
(1.486)
P5045
18.4
(1.709)
22.0
(2.044)
P3040
9.4
(0.873)
12.0
(1.115)
P4045
14.5
(1.347)
17.6
(1.635)
P5050
21.1
(1.960)
24.9
(2.313)
P3045
10.4
(0.966)
13.2
(1.226)
P4050
16.6
(1.542)
20.0
(1.858)
P5055
23.0
(2.137)
26.9
(2.499)
P3050
12.0
(1.115)
14.9
(1.384)
P4055
18.1
(1.682)
21.6
(2.007)
P5060
25.7
(2.388)
29.9
(2.778)
P3055
13.0
(1.208)
16.2
(1.505)
P4060
20.2
(1.877)
24.0
(2.230)
P5530
13.0
(1.208)
16.2
(1.505)
P3060
14.6
(1.356)
17.9
(1.663)
P4530
10.4
(0.966)
13.2
(1.226)
P5535
15.1
(1.403)
18.4
(1.709)
P3530
7.8
(0.725)
10.2
(0.948)
P4535
12.1
(1.124)
15.0
(1.394)
P5540
18.1
(1.682)
21.6
(2.007)
P3535
9.0
(0.836)
11.6
(1.078)
P4540
14.5
(1.347)
17.6
(1.635)
P5545
20.1
(1.867)
23.8
(2.211)
P3540
10.8
(1.003)
13.6
(1.263)
P4545
16.1
(1.496)
19.4
(1.802)
P5550
23.0
(2.137)
26.9
(2.499)
P3545
12.1
(1.124)
15.0
(1.394)
P4550
18.4
(1.709)
22.0
(2.044)
P6030
14.6
(1.356)
17.9
(1.663)
P3550
13.8
(1.282)
17.0
(1.579)
P4555
20.1
(1.867)
23.8
(2.211)
P6035
16.8
(1.561)
20.4
(1.895)
P3555
15.1
(1.403)
18.4
(1.709)
P4560
22.4
(2.081)
26.4
(2.453)
P6040
20.2
(1.877)
24.0
(2.230)
P3560
16.8
(1.561)
20.4
(1.895)
P5030
12.0
(1.115)
14.9
(1.384)
P6045
22.4
(2.081)
26.4
(2.453)
P4030
9.4
(0.873)
12.0
(1.115)
P5035
13.8
(1.282)
17.0
(1.579)
P6050
25.7
(2.388)
29.9
(2.778)
17
400
Clear Opening in Full Open Position
Clear Opg.
Straight Arm
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Casement&
AwningWindows
Casement Window Opening Specifications
Casement & Awning Windows
Awning Window Opening Specifications
Clear Opening in Full Open Position
Unit
Number
Clear Opg.
Sq. Ft. (m2)
AR21
AR221
AR2251
AR251
AR281
AR31
AR321
AR351
AR41
AR451
AR51
AN21
AN221
AN2251
AN251
AN281
AN31
AN321
AN351
AN41
AN451
AN51
A21
A212
A221
A2251
A251
A281
A31
A312
A321
A351
A41
A451
A51
AW21
AW221
AW2251
AW251
AW281
AW31
AW321
AW351
AW41
AW451
AW51
AX2251
AX251
AX281
AX31
AX351
AX41
AX451
AX51
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.9
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.3
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.9
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.3
0.8
0.9
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.4
0.9
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.5
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
0.9
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
1.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.4
(0.074)
(0.080)
(0.098)
(0.093)
(0.103)
(0.121)
(0.080)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.186)
(0.214)
(0.074)
(0.081)
(0.099)
(0.093)
(0.104)
(0.121)
(0.081)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.186)
(0.214)
(0.074)
(0.082)
(0.082)
(0.100)
(0.093)
(0.106)
(0.121)
(0.131)
(0.082)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.195)
(0.232)
(0.074)
(0.082)
(0.100)
(0.093)
(0.106)
(0.121)
(0.082)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.195)
(0.223)
(0.100)
(0.094)
(0.106)
(0.124)
(0.143)
(0.171)
(0.190)
(0.219)
Width
Inches (mm)
Depth
Inches (mm)
19-1/2"
19-1/2"
23-3/4"
23-3/4"
26-7/8"
31-5/16"
19-1/2"
36-3/16"
43-3/8"
48-3/16"
55-1/2"
19-1/2"
19-1/2"
23-3/4"
23-3/4"
26-7/8"
31-5/16"
19-1/2"
36-3/16"
43-3/8"
48-3/16"
55-1/2"
19-1/2"
19-1/2"
19-1/2"
23-3/4"
23-3/4"
26-7/8"
31-5/16"
31-5/16"
19-1/2"
36-3/16"
43-3/8"
48-3/16"
55-1/2"
19-1/2"
19-1/2"
23-3/4"
23-3/4"
26-7/8"
31-5/16"
19-1/2"
36-3/16"
43-3/8"
48-3/16"
55-1/2"
23-3/4"
23-3/4"
26-7/8"
31-5/16"
36-3/16"
43-3/8"
48-3/16"
55-1/2"
5-15/16"
6-3/8"
6-3/8"
5-15/16"
5-15/16"
5-15/16"
6-3/8"
5-15/16"
5-15/16"
5-15/16"
5-15/16"
6"
6-7/16"
6-7/16"
6"
6"
6"
6-7/16"
6"
6"
6"
6"
6-1/8"
6-1/2"
6-1/2"
6-1/2"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/2"
6-1/2"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/2"
6-1/2"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/2"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/2"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
6-1/8"
(495)
(495)
(603)
(603)
(683)
(795)
(495)
(919)
(1102)
(1224)
(1410)
(495)
(495)
(603)
(603)
(683)
(795)
(495)
(919)
(1102)
(1224)
(1410)
(495)
(495)
(495)
(603)
(603)
(683)
(795)
(795)
(495)
(919)
(1102)
(1224)
(2323)
(495)
(495)
(603)
(603)
(683)
(795)
(495)
(919)
(1102)
(1224)
(1410)
(603)
(603)
(683)
(795)
(919)
(1102)
(1224)
(1410)
(151)
(162)
(162)
(151)
(151)
(151)
(162)
(151)
(151)
(151)
(151)
(152)
(164)
(164)
(152)
(152)
(152)
(164)
(152)
(152)
(152)
(152)
(156)
(165)
(165)
(165)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(165)
(165)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(165)
(165)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(165)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(165)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
(156)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
1.7
3.4
4.0
2.0
2.3
2.7
5.1
3.1
3.8
4.2
4.8
2.2
4.4
5.2
2.6
3.0
3.5
6.6
4.0
4.8
5.4
6.2
2.6
5.2
5.2
6.4
3.2
3.7
4.3
8.6
7.8
4.9
5.9
6.6
7.5
3.2
6.4
7.8
3.9
4.4
5.2
9.6
6.0
7.2
8.0
9.2
8.9
4.4
5.0
5.9
6.8
8.1
9.0
10.4
(0.158)
(0.316)
(0.372)
(0.186)
(0.217)
(0.251)
(0.474)
(0.288)
(0.353)
(0.390)
(0.446)
(0.204)
(0.409)
(0.483)
(0.242)
(0.277)
(0.325)
(0.613)
(0.372)
(0.446)
(0.502)
(0.576)
(0.242)
(0.483)
(0.483)
(0.595)
(0.297)
(0.340)
(0.399)
(0.799)
(0.725)
(0.455)
(0.548)
(0.613)
(0.697)
(0.297)
(0.595)
(0.725)
(0.362)
(0.413)
(0.483)
(0.892)
(0.557)
(0.669)
(0.743)
(0.855)
(0.824)
(0.412)
(0.467)
(0.544)
(0.629)
(0.755)
(0.839)
(0.963)
Crack Opening
Vent Sash Only
Lineal Ft. (mm)
6' 4-13/16"
12' 9-5/8"
14' 0-5/8"
7' 0-5/16"
7' 0-5/8"
8' 4-7/16"
19' 2-7/16"
9' 2-3/16"
10' 4-9/16"
11' 2-3/16"
12' 4-5/16"
6' 11-13/16"
13' 11-5/8"
15' 3-7/8"
7' 7-15/16"
8' 0-3/16"
8' 11-7/16"
20' 11-7/16"
9' 9-3/16"
10' 11-9/16"
11' 9-3/16"
12' 11-5/16"
7' 7-1/16"
15' 2-1/8"
15' 2-1/8"
16' 6-3/8"
8' 3-3/16"
8' 0-13/16"
9' 6-11/16"
19' 1-3/8"
22' 9-3/16"
10' 4-7/16"
11' 6-13/16"
12' 4-7/16"
13' 6-9/16"
8' 3-9/16"
16' 7-1/8"
17' 11-3/8"
8' 11-11/16"
9' 0-1/2"
10' 3-3/16"
24' 10-11/16"
11' 0-15/16"
12' 3-5/16"
13' 0-15/16"
14' 3-1/16"
18' 1"
9' 0-1/2"
10' 0-1/16"
10' 0-13/16"
11' 0-5/8"
12' 0-13/16"
13' 0-5/8"
14' 0-3/4"
(1951)
(3902)
(4283)
(2157)
(2326)
(2551)
(5853)
(2799)
(3164)
(3408)
(3767)
(2129)
(4258)
(4670)
(2335)
(2503)
(2730)
(6387)
(2977)
(3342)
(3586)
(3945)
(2313)
(4626)
(4626)
(5039)
(2519)
(2687)
(2913)
(5826)
(6939)
(3161)
(3526)
(3770)
(4129)
(2529)
(5058)
(5471)
(2726)
(2904)
(3129)
(7587)
(3377)
(3742)
(3986)
(4345)
(5512)
(2904)
(3062)
(3288)
(3535)
(3901)
(4145)
(4504)
Vent
Sq. Ft. (m2)
0.8
1.7
2.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
2.6
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.3
0.8
1.7
2.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
2.6
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.3
0.8
0.9
1.8
2.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.4
2.6
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.5
0.8
1.8
2.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
2.6
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
2.1
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.4
(0.074)
(0.160)
(0.195)
(0.093)
(0.103)
(0.121)
(0.241)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.186)
(0.214)
(0.074)
(0.162)
(0.197)
(0.093)
(0.104)
(0.121)
(0.243)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.186)
(0.214)
(0.074)
(0.164)
(0.164)
(0.199)
(0.093)
(0.106)
(0.121)
(0.263)
(0.245)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.195)
(0.232)
(0.074)
(0.164)
(0.199)
(0.093)
(0.106)
(0.121)
(0.245)
(0.139)
(0.167)
(0.195)
(0.223)
(0.199)
(0.094)
(0.106)
(0.124)
(0.143)
(0.171)
(0.190)
(0.219)
Top of Subfloor
to Top of Inside
Sill Stop
Inches (m2)
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
67-7/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
63-15/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
60-5/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
56-1/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
53-15/16"
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1713)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1624)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1532)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1424)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
(1370)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
2.8
5.6
6.6
3.3
3.7
4.2
8.4
4.8
5.7
6.2
7.1
3.4
6.8
8.0
4.0
4.5
5.1
10.2
5.8
6.8
7.5
8.5
4.0
8.0
8.0
9.6
4.8
5.3
6.0
12.0
12.0
6.8
8.0
8.8
10.0
4.8
9.6
11.2
5.6
6.2
7.1
14.4
8.0
9.5
10.4
11.8
12.4
6.2
6.9
7.9
8.9
10.5
11.6
13.1
(0.260)
(0.520)
(0.613)
(0.307)
(0.345)
(0.390)
(0.780)
(0.446)
(0.530)
(0.576)
(0.660)
(0.316)
(0.632)
(0.743)
(0.372)
(0.417)
(0.474)
(0.948)
(0.539)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.790)
(0.372)
(0.743)
(0.743)
(0.892)
(0.446)
(0.490)
(0.557)
(1.115)
(1.115)
(0.632)
(0.743)
(0.818)
(0.929)
(0.446)
(0.892)
(1.040)
(0.520)
(0.577)
(0.660)
(1.338)
(0.743)
(0.883)
(0.966)
(1.096)
(1.153)
(0.577)
(0.640)
(0.730)
(0.829)
(0.975)
(1.073)
(1.217)
Transom Square Feet Glass/Unit Area
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
CTR1510
0.7
(0.065)
1.4
(0.130)
CTR2410
1.2
(0.111)
2.4
(0.223)
CTR/PTR4010
2.2
(0.204)
4.0
(0.372)
CTR1810
0.8
(0.074)
1.7
(0.158)
CTR22410
2.5
(0.236)
4.7
(0.437)
CTR4810
2.6
(0.242)
4.7
(0.437)
CTR21810
1.7
(0.159)
3.4
(0.315)
CTR2810
1.4
(0.130)
2.6
(0.242)
CTR/PTR6010
3.4
(0.316)
6.0
(0.557)
CTR31810
2.6
(0.238)
5.1
(0.472)
CTR/PTR3010
1.6
(0.149)
3.0
(0.279)
PTR3510
1.8
(0.167)
3.4
(0.316)
CTR2010
1.0
(0.093)
2.0
(0.186)
CTR5110
3.0
(0.279)
5.1
(0.472)
PTR4510
2.4
(0.223)
4.4
(0.409)
CTR22010
2.1
(0.194)
4.0
(0.372)
CTR2910
1.5
(0.139)
2.8
(0.260)
PTR5010
2.8
(0.260)
5.0
(0.465)
CTR32010
3.1
(0.291)
6.0
(0.556)
CTR3410
1.8
(0.167)
3.4
(0.316)
PTR5510
3.0
(0.279)
5.4
(0.502)
18
Modified
Tall
Short
Prairie A
Colonial* Fractional* Fractional*
Colonial
Unit Number
CR12 CN12 C12 CW12
CR125 CN125 C125 CW125
CX125
CR13 CN13 C13 CW13
CR135 CN135 C135 CW135
CX13
CX135
CXW13
CXW135
CX14
CX145
CXW14
CXW145
CR14 CN14 C14 CW14
CR145 CN145 C145 CW145
CX15
CX155
CR15 CN15 C15 CW15
CR155 CN155 C155 CW155
CR16
CN16
C16
CX16
CW16
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Awning Windows
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Casement and Awning Picture Windows
Unit Number
Colonial
Modified
Tall
Short
Prairie A
Colonial* Fractional* Fractional*
Modified
Colonial*
Tall
Fractional*
Short
Fractional*
Victorian
Prairie A
Unit Number
Colonial
P3030
P3035
P3530
P3535
AR21
AN21
A21
AW21
AR251
AN251
A251
AW251
P3040
P3045
P3540
P3545
AR281
AN281
A281
AW281
AR31
AN31
A31
AW31
P3050
P3055
P3550
P3555
AR41
AN41
A41
AW41
AR451
AN451
A451
AW451
AR51
AN51
A51
AW51
A551
P3060
Prairie A
AR351
AN351
A231
AW351
P3560
* Also available with
a 2-1/4" grille to
simulate a check rail.
P4030
P4035
P4530
P4535
P4040
P4045
P4540
P4545
Specified Equal Light Examples
Custom Pattern Examples
Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available.
For more information on Andersen™ divided light, see page 2-3
or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles.
19
400
Colonial
Unit Number
Casement&
AwningWindows
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Casement Windows
Casement & Awning Windows
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Casement and Awning Picture Windows — Continued
Unit Number
P4050
P4055
P4550
P4555
P4060
P4560
P5030
P5035
P5530
P5535
P5040
P5045
P5540
P5545
P5050
P5055
P5550
Colonial
Modified
Colonial*
Tall
Fractional*
Short
Fractional*
P5060
P6030
P6035
P6040
P6045
P6050
* Also available with
a 2-1/4" grille to
simulate a check rail.
Specified Equal Light Examples
Custom Pattern Examples
Specified equal light and custom patterns are also available.
For more information on Andersen™ divided light, see page 2-3
or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles.
20
Victorian
Prairie A
400
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
Windows
Section Reference
Table of Basic Sizes ............ 24
Standard Divided
Light Patterns ...................... 27
Basic Unit Details ................. 29
Opening Specifications ......... 31
Combination Design ............ 70
Performance Data ............... 75
With traditional styling and state-of-the-art technology, Andersen® 400 Series tilt-wash double-hung
windows give you the beauty of natural wood interiors, weathertight performance and a long-lasting,*
low-maintenance exterior. The unique tilt-wash system makes cleaning these windows a breeze.
*
See limited warranty for details.
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
FRame
Exterior outer
frame members are
covered with a
pre-formed rigid
vinyl PVC cladding
glued to a wood core,
preventing corrosion,
minimizing maintenance
and providing an attractive
appearance. Andersen®
tilt-wash windows are available
in four neutral colors. Specify
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
For exceptionally
long-lasting* performance,
sill members are constructed
with a solid wood core and
corrosion-resistant Fibrex®
composite material exterior.
Sill ends are protected
and sealed with weatherresistant covers.
Weatherstripping
throughout the unit provides
a long-lasting,* energyefficient, weather-repellent
seal. For the top and bottom
rails, an encased foam material
is used. The head jamb liner
and sill have a rigid vinyl rib
that the weatherstripping
material compresses against.
At the check rail, compressible
vinyl bulb material is used.
Side jamb liners use leaf type
weatherstripping.
is 13/16''.) Interior wood stops
are secured to the frame using
1-1/2'' 16 gauge crown staples
instead of nails.
An extruded rigid patented
vinyl jamb liner and fin provide
a protective seal against the
outer frame members. Exclusive
slide wash assists make it
easy to tilt sash into wash
mode position.
For additional protection
from air and water infiltration, the sill stop is 1-1/2''
high.‡ (Standard sill stop height
A rigid vinyl glazing bead
with flexible lip, combined
with structural silicone
glazing, provides superior
weathertightness and durability.
Consult local building
codes for glass most suitable to
your area. Glass options include:
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® glass (PG Upgrade)
• Standard High Performance™
Low E-4® Sun glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High Performance™
Low E-4® SmartSun™ glass
(PG Upgrade)
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Sun impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
SaSH
A polyester stabilized
coat with a Flexacron® finish
is electrostatically applied to
penetrate all exterior surfaces
for maximum protection and
a lustrous finish.
Exterior frame and
sill brackets provide
structural support for the
sash during storm pressures.
Brackets are colored to match
exterior color of unit.
exterior
glaSS
Unique block and tackle counter
balances feature sized-to-theunit, rust-resistant springs that
require no adjustment. Glassreinforced nylon balancer shoes
provide smooth, reliable sash
operation. To prevent accidental
release when in wash mode, they
automatically lock into position
with a patented stainless steel
retainer clip.
A factory-applied rigid vinyl
anchoring flange on the head, sill
and side of the outer frame helps
seal the unit to the structure.
Natural wood stops are
made of treated, clear pine
that can be finished to match
the interior décor. On white
prefinished interior units the
stops are white foamed PVC.
Wood sash members are
treated with a water-repellent
wood preservative for longlasting* protection and
performance. Interior surfaces
are unfinished clear pine.
Low-maintenance prefinished
interiors are also available.
Interior
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color
and texture make each window one-of-a-kind.
Specify a unit exterior color option and an
interior finish option to complete your order.
White
Sandtone
Terratone®
Hardware
ForestGreen
white
pine
Sold Separately.
Tilt-Wash Lock & Keeper
A metal lock and keeper creates
a strong, secure engagement. Two
locks are applied for added protection.
Available in satin nickel, oil rubbed bronze,
white, stone, gold dust and black finish.
Current Estate™ hardware is available for
PG Upgrade units. Please contact your
Andersen supplier for more details.
Printing limitations prevent
exact color duplication. See
your Andersen supplier for
actual color samples.
Hardware Finishes
22
satin
nickel
oilrubbed
bronze
white
stone
golddust
black
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™ tempered
impact-resistant glass
• Monolithic
impact-resistant glass
• Monolithic tinted
impact-resistant glass
‡ Infringes on the overall net clear
opening. Unit clear openable area
may not meet egress requirements.
See your local code official for more
information.
“Flexacron” is a registered
trademark of PPG Industries, Inc.
* For complete information on our
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
The installation system
includes 1-1/2" (38)
by 3" (76) stainless steel
installation clips for additional
reinforcement. The installation
clips are screwed to the frame
and fastened to the rough
opening for secure installation.
Optional 6" clips are available
for use with factory-applied or
pre-applied extension jambs.
RetRactable
InteRIoR bRacket
Interior brackets provide
additional structural support
for the sash and frame. The
brackets retract out of sight
when not in use. Available
with a stone finish or a white
finish with white interior units.
Brackets must be engaged to
meet structural requirements.
FRame
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb width is 4-1/2''
(114). Jamb depth can be 4-1/8''
(105) if nailing flange
is reversed.
Non-Applied Extension Jambs
Pine extension jambs are
available for the following
wall thicknesses:
Retracted
• 5-1/4'' (133)
• 6-9/16'' (167)
• 7-1/8'' (181)
The side and head extension
jambs are pre-drilled in the
following width:
• 6-9/16'' (167)
Engaged
eXteRIoR bRacketS
Andersen® Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
come in eleven original
patterns, including four
Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details on
Andersen art glass, or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
alSo avaIlable
Woodwright®
Double-Hung Windows
PG Upgrades‡ are also
available for select
Woodwright sizes.
Ask your Andersen
supplier for details.
Pg uPgRaDeS‡
As with units with impactresistant glass, a high inside
sill stop is included with
PG Upgrade tilt-wash units.
Specify pine or prefinished
white. Use of high inside sill
stop will subtract 5/8'' (16)
from clear opening height.
InSect ScReenS
eXcluSIve
Some sizes may be pine veneer.
TruScene® Insect Screen
Factory-Applied
Extension Jambs
Available in 6-9/16" depth
in pine or prefinished white
(choose either painted or
vinyl-wrapped white options).
Please contact your Andersen
supplier for details.
TruScene insect screens provide
over 50% more clarity than our
conventional insect screens.
Pine Stool
A clear pine stool is available
and ready for finishing. The
tilt-wash stool is available in
4-9/16'' (116) for use in wall
depths up to 5-1/4'' (133)
and 6-9/16'' (167) for use in
wall depths up to 7-1/8'' (181).
Works with 2-1/4'' and 2-1/2''
wide casings.
Exterior Brackets
glaSS
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
InStallatIon
SyStem
Sold Separately.
400
accessories
Conventional Insect Screen
Conventional Perma-Clean®
insect screens are available
with finished frames in
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
and Forest Green colors to
match product exteriors.
CAUTION:
• Painting and staining may
cause damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone® color
may be painted any color lighter than
Terratone using quality oil-base or
latex paint. Submit color samples
to Andersen for approval when
painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should not come
in contact with Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant
the adhesion of paint to vinyl.
‡ Infringes on the overall net clear
opening. Unit clear openable area
may not meet egress requirements.
See your local code official for
more information.
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a
registered trademark of the
Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
23
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Table of Basic Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Unit Dimension
1'-9 5/8"
(549)
2'-1 5/8"
(651)
2'-5 5/8"
(752)
2'-7 5/8"
(803)
2'-9 5/8"
(854)
2'-11 5/8"
(905)
3'-1 5/8"
(956)
3'-5 5/8"
(1057)
3'-9 5/8"
(1159)
Minimum
Rough Opening
1'-10 1/8"
(562)
2'-2 1/8"
(664)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-10 1/8"
(867)
3'-0 1/8"
(917)
3'-2 1/8"
(968)
3'-6 1/8"
(1070)
3'-10 1/8"
(1172)
15"
(381)
19"
(483)
23"
(584)
25"
(635)
27"
(686)
29"
(737)
31"
(787)
35"
(889)
39"
(991)
13 15/16"
(354)
To find compatible Circle Top,™ arch and
other shaped windows, see the specialty
window section beginning on page 33.
TW24210
TW26210
TW28210
TW210210
TW30210
TW34210
TW38210
TW1832
TW2432
TW2632
TW2832
TW21032
TW3032
TW3432
TW3832
15 15/16"
(405)
TW18210 TW20210
Cottage Style Units
Available for these heights below,
starting at 310 height up to 52 height,
in all widths. Contact dealer for lead times.
TW2036
TW2436
TW2636
TW2836
TW21036
TW3036
TW3436
TW3836
TW18310 TW20310
TW24310
TW26310
TW28310
TW210310
TW30310
TW34310
TW38310
19 15/16"
(506)
21 15/16"
(557)
TW2042
TW2442
TW2642
TW2842
TW21042
TW3042
TW3442
TW3842
TW1846
TW2046
TW2446
TW2646
TW2846
TW21046
TW3046
TW3446
TW3846
TW18410 TW20410
TW24410
TW26410
TW28410
TW210410
TW30410
TW34410
TW38410
TW2052
TW2452
TW2652
TW2852
TW21052
TW3052
TW3452
TW3852
25 15/16"
(659)
23 15/16"
(608)
TW1842
27 15/16"
(710)
4'-0 7/8"
(1241)
4'-4 7/8"
(1343)
4'-8 7/8"
(1445)
5'-0 7/8"
(1546)
5'-4 7/8"
(1648)
5'-4 7/8"
(1648)
5'-0 7/8"
(1546)
4'-8 7/8"
(1445)
4'-4 7/8"
(1343)
4'-0 7/8"
(1241)
TW1836
29 15/16"
(760)
5'-8 7/8"
(1749)
5'-8 7/8"
(1749)
TW1852
* Unobstructed glass height is for
single sash only.
TW2056
TW2856
TW21056
TW3056
TW3456
TW3856
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside
frame to frame dimension.
TW24510
TW26510
TW28510
TW210510
TW30510
TW34510
TW38510
• Dimensions in parentheses are in
millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color
desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green.
33 15/16"
(862)
6'-4 7/8"
(1953)
6'-4 7/8"
(1953)
TW2656
These units meet or exceed the following
dimensions: Clear Openable Area of 5.7 sq.
ft., Clear Openable Width of 20" and Clear
Openable Height of 24".
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be
increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or
other items. See page 7 for more details.
TW18510 TW20510
TW1862
24
TW2456
31 15/16"
(811)
6'-0 7/8"
(1851)
TW1856
6'-0 7/8"
(1851)
TW2032
17 15/16"
(456)
3'-0 7/8"
(937)
3'-4 7/8"
(1038)
3'-8 7/8"
(1140)
3'-8 7/8"
(1140)
3'-4 7/8"
(1038)
3'-0 7/8"
(937)
Unobstructed Glass*
TW2062
TW2462
TW2662
TW2862
TW21062
TW3062
TW3462
TW3862
NOTE: These sizes with PG Upgrade
are rated at +50/-55
Square Feet Glass/Unit Area
1'-0"
(305)
3'-1 5/8"
(956)
3'-5 5/8"
(1057)
3'-11 5/16"
(1202)
4'-3 5/16"
(1303)
4'-11 5/16"
(1507)
5'-7 5/16"
(1710)
Minimum
Rough Opening
1'-0 1/2"
(318)
3'-2 1/8"
(968)
3'-6 1/8"
(1070)
3'-11 7/8"
(1216)
4'-3 7/8"
(1318)
4'-11 7/8"
(1521)
5'-7 7/8"
(1724)
7 1/16"
11/16"
11/16"
(179)
32
(830)
36
(932)
DHP3442‡
DHP3446‡
DHP410310‡
DHP56310‡
DHP31042‡
DHP4242‡
DHP41042‡
DHP5642‡
DHP31046‡
DHP4246‡
DHP41046‡
DHP5646‡
DHP310410‡
DHP42410‡
DHP410410‡
DHP56410‡
DHP3452‡
DHP31052‡
DHP4252‡
DHP41052‡
DHP5652‡
DHP3456‡
DHP31056‡
DHP4256‡
DHP41056‡
DHP5656‡
65 5/16"
(1659)
DHP1056 DHP3056‡
6'-0 7/8"
(1851)
DHP42310‡
61 5/16"
(1557)
5'-8 7/8"
(1749)
DHP1052 DHP3052‡
DHP310510‡
DHP42510‡
DHP410510‡
DHP56510‡
69 5/16"
(1761)
DHP10510 DHP30510‡ DHP34510‡
6'-4 7/8"
(1953)
DHP310310‡
57 5/16"
(1456)
5'-4 7/8"
(1648)
DHP10410 DHP30410‡ DHP34410‡
5'-4 7/8"
(1648)
62
(1584)
53 5/16"
(1355)
5'-0 7/8"
(1547)
5'-0 7/8"
(1547)
DHP1046 DHP3046‡
5'-8 7/8"
(1749)
54
(1381)
3/8"
49 5/16"
(1253)
4'-8 7/8"
(1445)
4'-8 7/8"
(1445)
DHP1042 DHP3042‡
6'-0 7/8"
(1851)
46
(1178)
3/8"
45 5/16"
(1151)
4'-4 7/8"
(1343)
4'-4 7/8"
(1343)
DHP10310 DHP30310‡ DHP34310‡
6'-4 7/8"
(1953)
42
(1076)
3/8"
41 5/16"
(1049)
4'-0 7/8"
(1241)
4'-0 7/8"
(1241)
Unobstructed Glass
3/8"
DHP1062 DHP3062‡
DHP3462‡
DHP31062‡
DHP4262‡
DHP41062‡
• Picture windows are not available with monolithic impact-resistant glass.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items.
See page 7 for more details.
DHP5662
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
DHP10310
2.03
(0.189)
4.07
(0.378)
DHP1042
2.22
(0.206)
4.41
(0.410)
DHP1046
2.42
(0.225)
4.74
(0.440)
DHP10410
2.61
(0.243)
5.07
(0.471)
DHP1052
2.81
(0.261)
5.41
(0.503)
DHP1056
3.01
(0.280)
5.74
(0.533)
DHP10510
3.20
(0.297)
6.07
(0.564)
DHP1062
3.40
(0.316)
6.41
(0.596)
DHP30310
9.38
(0.871)
12.77
(1.186)
DHP3042
10.29
(0.956)
13.82
(1.284)
DHP3046
11.19
(1.040)
14.86
(1.381)
DHP30410
12.10
(1.124)
15.91
(1.478)
DHP3052
13.01
(1.209)
16.95
(1.575)
DHP3056
13.92
(1.293)
18.00
(1.672)
DHP30510
14.83
(1.378)
19.04
(1.769)
DHP3062
15.73
(1.461)
20.09
(1.866)
DHP34310
10.53
(0.978)
14.13
(1.313)
DHP3442
11.54
(1.072)
15.28
(1.420)
DHP3446
12.56
(1.167)
16.44
(1.527)
DHP34410
13.58
(1.262)
17.60
(1.635)
DHP3452
14.60
(1.356)
18.75
(1.742)
DHP3456
15.62
(1.451)
19.91
(1.850)
DHP34510
16.64
(1.546)
21.07
(1.957)
DHP3462
17.66
(1.641)
22.22
(2.064)
DHP310310
12.16
(1.130)
16.06
(1.492)
DHP31042
13.33
(1.238)
17.37
(1.614)
DHP31046
14.51
(1.348)
18.69
(1.736)
DHP310410
15.69
(1.458)
20.00
(1.858)
DHP31052
16.87
(1.567)
21.32
(1.981)
DHP31056
18.04
(1.676)
22.63
(2.102)
DHP310510
19.22
(1.786)
23.94
(2.224)
DHP31062
20.40
(1.895)
25.26
(2.347)
DHP42310
13.30
(1.236)
17.42
(1.618)
DHP4246
15.88
(1.475)
20.27
(1.883)
DHP42410
17.17
(1.595)
21.69
(2.015)
DHP4252
18.46
(1.715)
23.12
(2.148)
DHP4256
19.75
(1.835)
24.54
(2.280)
DHP42510
21.03
(1.954)
25.97
(2.413)
DHP4262
22.32
(2.074)
27.39
(2.545)
DHP410310
15.60
(1.449)
20.13
(1.870)
DHP41042
17.11
(1.590)
21.78
(2.023)
DHP41046
18.62
(1.730)
23.43
(2.177)
DHP410410
20.13
(1.870)
25.07
(2.329)
DHP41052
21.64
(2.010)
26.72
(2.482)
DHP41056
23.15
(2.151)
28.37
(2.636)
DHP410510
24.66
(2.291)
30.02
(2.789)
DHP41062
26.17
(2.431)
31.66
(2.941)
DHP56310
17.89
(1.662)
22.85
(2.123)
DHP5642
19.63
(1.824)
24.72
(2.297)
DHP5646
21.36
(1.984)
26.59
(2.470)
DHP56410
23.09
(2.145)
28.46
(2.644)
DHP5652
24.83
(2.307)
30.33
(2.818)
DHP5656
26.56
(2.468)
32.20
(2.991)
DHP56510
28.29
(2.628)
34.07
(3.165)
DHP5662
30.02
(2.789)
35.93
(3.338)
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
‡ Andersen® art glass panels are available for these sizes by special order only. Interior art glass trim not available. Contact your Andersen supplier.
25
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
Unit Dimension
400
Table of Picture Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Table of Transom Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Minimum
Rough Opening
2'-7 5/8"
(803)
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
25"
(635)
2'-9 5/8"
(854)
2'-10 1/8"
(867)
27"
(685)
2'-11 5/8"
(905)
3'-0 1/8"
(917)
29"
(737)
3'-1 5/8"
(955)
3'-2 1/8"
(968)
31"
(787)
3'-5 5/8"
(1057)
3'-6 1/8"
(1070)
35"
(888)
3'-9 5/8"
(1159)
3'-10 1/8"
(1172)
39"
(990)
TWT1810 TWT2010
TWT2410
TWT2610
TWT2810
TWT21010
TWT3010
TWT3410
TWT3810
TWT1815 TWT2015
TWT2415
TWT2615
TWT2815
TWT21015
TWT3015
TWT3415
TWT3815
TWT1817 TWT2017
TWT2417
TWT2617
TWT2817
TWT21017
TWT3017
TWT3417
TWT3817
TWT18111 TWT20111 TWT24111
TWT26111
TWT28111
TWT210111
TWT30111
TWT34111
TWT38111
TWT1821 TWT2021
TWT2421
TWT2621
TWT2821
TWT21021
TWT3021
TWT3421
TWT3821
TWT1823 TWT2023
TWT2423
TWT2623
TWT2823
TWT21023
TWT3023
TWT3423
TWT3823
TWT1827 TWT2027
TWT2427
TWT2627
TWT2827
TWT21027
TWT3027
TWT3427
TWT3827
TWT1831 TWT2031
TWT2431
TWT2631
TWT2831
TWT21031
TWT3031
TWT3431
TWT3831
5 3/8"
(136)
14 11/16"
(372)
18 11/16"
(474)
20 11/16"
(525)
26 11/16"
(677)
32 11/16"
(829)
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
6 3/16"
(157)
Unobstructed Glass
1'-0 1/2"
(318)
2'-5 5/8"
(752)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
23"
(583)
22 11/16"
(575)
12 11/16"
(321)
1'-7 7/8" 1'-0 1/2"
(318)
(504)
1'-9 7/8"
(555)
2'-1 7/8"
(657)
2'-3 7/8"
(707)
3'-3 7/8"
(1012)
3'-3 5/16"
(999)
2'-9 7/8"
(860)
2'-9 5/16"
(846)
2'-5 7/8"
(758)
2'-5 5/16"
(745)
1'-0"
(305)
1'-9 5/16" 1'-7 5/16"
(491)
(541)
2'-1 5/16"
(643)
2'-3 5/16"
(694)
Unobstructed Glass
1'-0"
(305)
2'-1 5/8"
(651)
2'-2 1/8"
(664)
19"
(482)
1'-9 5/8"
(549)
1'-10 1/8"
(562)
15"
(380)
Unit Dimension
3'-11 5/16"
(1202)
3'-11 7/8"
(1215)
41 1/4"
(1048)
4'-3 5/16"
(1303)
4'-3 7/8"
(1317)
45 1/4"
(1149)
4'-11 5/16"
(1506)
4'-11 7/8"
(1520)
53 1/4"
(1353)
5'-7 5/16"
(1710)
5'-7 7/8"
(1724)
61 1/4"
(1556)
6'-3 5/16"
(1913)
6'-3 7/8"
(1927)
69 1/4"
(1745)
TWT31010
TWT4210
TWT41010
TWT5610
TWT6210
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be
increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or
other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside
frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color
desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or
Forest Green.
• Andersen® art glass panels are available for
all sizes on this page.
Square Feet Glass/Unit Area
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft. (m2)
TWT1810
0.56
(0.052)
1.80
(0.167)
TWT2421
3.29
(0.306)
5.62
(0.522)
TWT21010
1.07
(0.099)
2.97 (0.0276)
TWT3421
5.02
(0.466)
7.89
(0.733)
TWT1815
1.32
(0.123)
2.90
(0.269)
TWT2423
3.61
(0.335)
6.03
(0.560)
TWT21015
2.55
(0.237)
4.78 (0.444)
TWT3423
5.50
(0.511)
8.47
(0.787)
TWT1817
1.52
(0.141)
3.20
(0.297)
TWT2427
4.25
(0.395)
6.85
(0.636)
TWT21017
2.95
(0.274)
5.27 (0.490)
TWT3427
6.47
(0.601)
9.63
(0.895)
TWT18111
1.94
(0.180)
3.80
(0.353)
TWT2431
5.21
(0.484)
8.09
(0.752)
TWT210111 3.75
(0.348)
6.26 (0.582)
TWT3431
7.93
(0.737) 11.36
(1.055)
TWT1821
2.15
(0.200)
4.10
(0.381)
TWT2610
0.93
(0.086)
2.64
(0.245)
TWT21021
4.15
(0.386)
6.76 (0.628)
TWT3810
1.45
(0.135)
3.80
(0.353)
TWT1823
2.35
(0.218)
4.40
(0.409)
TWT2615
2.19
(0.203)
4.24
(0.394)
TWT21023
4.56
(0.424)
7.25 (0.674)
TWT3815
3.42
(0.318)
6.12
(0.569)
TWT1827
2.77
(0.257)
5.00
(0.465)
TWT2617
2.54
(0.236)
4.68
(0.435)
TWT21027
5.36
(0.498)
8.24 (0.766)
TWT3817
3.97
(0.369)
6.75
(0.627)
TWT1831
3.39
(0.315)
5.90
(0.548)
TWT26111
3.23
(0.300)
5.56
(0.517)
TWT21031
6.57
(0.610)
9.73 (0.904)
TWT38111
5.05
(0.469)
8.02
(0.745)
TWT2010
0.70
(0.065)
2.14
(0.199)
TWT2621
3.58
(0.333)
6.00
(0.557)
TWT3010
1.15
(0.107)
3.14 (0.292)
TWT3821
5.59
(0.519)
8.65
(0.804)
TWT2015
1.67
(0.155)
3.44
(0.320)
TWT2623
3.93
(0.365)
6.44
(0.598)
TWT3015
2.72
(0.253)
5.05 (0.469)
TWT3823
6.13
(0.569)
9.29
(0.863)
TWT2017
1.93
(0.179)
3.79
(0.352)
TWT2627
4.62
(0.429)
7.32
(0.680)
TWT3017
3.15
(0.293)
5.57 (0.517)
TWT3827
7.21
(0.670) 10.55
(0.980)
TWT20111
2.46
(0.229)
4.50
(0.418)
TWT2631
5.66
(0.526)
8.63
(0.802)
TWT30111
4.01
(0.373)
6.61 (0.614)
TWT3831
8.84
(0.821) 12.46
(1.158)
TWT2021
2.72
(0.253)
4.86
(0.452)
TWT2810
1.00
(0.093)
2.80
(0.260)
TWT3021
4.44
(0.412)
7.14 (0.663)
TWT31010
1.51
(0.140)
3.94
(0.366)
TWT2023
2.98
(0.277)
5.22
(0.485)
TWT2815
2.37
(0.220)
4.51
(0.419)
TWT3023
4.87
(0.452)
7.66 (0.712)
TWT4210
1.66
(0.154)
4.28
(0.398)
TWT2027
3.51
(0.326)
5.93
(0.551)
TWT2817
2.74
(0.255)
4.98
(0.463)
TWT3027
5.73
(0.532)
8.70 (0.808)
TWT41010
1.95
(0.181)
4.94
(0.459)
TWT2031
4.30
(0.399)
7.00
(0.650)
TWT28111
3.49
(0.324)
5.91
(0.549)
TWT3031
7.02
(0.652) 10.27 (0.954)
TWT5610
2.25
(0.209)
5.61
(0.521)
TWT2410
0.85
(0.079)
2.47
(0.229)
TWT2821
3.87
(0.360)
6.38
(0.593)
TWT3410
1.30
(0.121)
3.47 (0.322)
TWT6210
2.55
(0.237)
6.28
(0.583)
TWT2415
2.02
(0.188)
3.97
(0.369)
TWT2823
4.24
(0.394)
6.84
(0.635)
TWT3415
3.07
(0.285)
5.58 (0.518)
TWT2417
2.34
(0.217)
4.38
(0.407)
TWT2827
4.99
(0.464)
7.78
(0.723)
TWT3417
3.56
(0.331)
6.16 (0.572)
TWT24111
2.98
(0.277)
5.21
(0.484)
TWT2831
6.12
(0.569)
9.18
(0.853)
TWT34111
4.53
(0.421)
7.32 (0.680)
26
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Unit Number
TW18210
TW1832
TW1836
TW18310
TW1842
TW1846
TW18410
TW1852
Colonial
Unit Number
Colonial
TW20210
TW2032
TW2036
TW20310
TW2042
TW2046
TW20410
TW2052
TW24210
TW2432
TW2436
TW24310
TW2442
TW2446
TW24410
TW2452
TW26210
TW2632
TW2636
TW26310
TW2642
TW2646
TW26410
TW2652
TW28210
TW2832
TW2836
TW28310
TW2842
TW2846
TW28410
TW2852
TW210210
TW21032
TW21036
TW210310
TW21042
TW21046
TW210410
TW21052
TW30210
TW3032
TW3036
TW30310
TW3042
TW3046
TW30410
TW3052
TW3421O
TW3432
TW3436
TW34310
TW3442
TW3446
TW34410
TW3452
TW38210
TW3832
TW3836
TW38310
TW3842
TW3846
TW38410
TW3852
TW2056
TW2456
TW2656
TW2856
TW21056
TW3056
TW3456
TW3856
TW20510
TW2062
TW24510
TW2462
TW26510
TW2662
TW28510
TW2862
TW210510
TW21062
TW30510
TW3062
TW34510
TW3462
TW38510
TW3862
Prairie A*
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
Colonial
400
Unit Number
TW1856
TW18510
TW1862
Specified Equal Light and Custom Pattern examples*
NOTE: Some sizes have restrictions on the number of lights wide that are available for specified equal light grille patterns.
Please consult your Andersen® supplier for details.
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Transom Windows
Specified Equal Light
Colonial
TWT1810
TWT2010
TWT3810
Unit Number
Colonial
TWT2410
TWT31010
TWT2610
TWT4210
TWT2810
TWT41010
TWT21010
TWT3010
TWT5610
Unit Number
Colonial
TWT1815
TWT1817
TWT18111
TWT1821
TWT1823
TWT1827
TWT2015
TWT2017
TWT20111
TWT2021
TWT2023
TWT2027
TWT2415
TWT2417
TWT24111
TWT2421
TWT2423
TWT2427
TWT1831
TWT2031
TWT2431 TWT2631
TWT2615
TWT2617
TWT26111
TWT2621
TWT2623
TWT2627
TWT410
TWT6210
Unit Number
TWT2815 TWT21015
TWT2817 TWT21017
TWT28111 TWT210111
TWT2821 TWT21021
TWT2823 TWT21023
TWT2827 TWT21027
TWT3015
TWT3017
TWT30111
TWT3021
TWT3023
TWT3027
TWT2831 TWT21031
TWT3031 TWT3431 TWT3831
Both grille patterns are available for all units in upper sash only (USO).
Custom patterns are also available. For more information on Andersen® divided light, see pages 2-3.
TWT3415
TWT3417
TWT34111
TWT3421
TWT3423
TWT3427
Colonial
TWT3815
TWT3817
TWT38111
TWT3821
TWT3823
TWT3827
Double-Hung Divided Light
Ordering Prefix
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Double-Hung
Picture
Transom
TW
DHP
TWT
27
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Standard Divided Light Patterns for Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Picture Windows
Unit Number
Colonial
Colonial
Unit Number
DHP10310
DHP1042
DHP1046
DHP10410
DHP1052
DHP30310
DHP3042
DHP3046
DHP30410
DHP3052
DHP34310
DHP3442
DHP3446
DHP34410
DHP3452
DHP1056
DHP3056
DHP3456
DHP10510
DHP1062
DHP30510 DHP34510
DHP3062 DHP3462
Unit Number
Colonial
Modified
Colonial
Modified
Colonial
w/Check Rail*
Modified
Colonial
Short
Fractional
Modified
Colonial
w/Check Rail*
Short
Fractional
Victorian
Victorian
DHP310310
DHP31042
DHP31046
DHP310410
DHP31052
Custom Patterns are also available. For more
information on Andersen® divided light, see pages 2-3.
DHP31056
DHP310510
DHP31062
Colonial
Unit Number
DHP42310
DHP4242
DHP4246
DHP42410
DHP4252
DHP410310
DHP41042
DHP41046
DHP410410
DHP41052
DHP56310
DHP5642
DHP5646
DHP56410
DHP5652
Modified
Colonial
Modified
Colonial
w/Check Rail*
Short
Fractional
Victorian
Double-Hung Divided Light
Ordering Prefix
400 Series Tilt-Wash
DHP4256
DHP41056
DHP5656
DHP42510 DHP410510 DHP56510
DHP4262 DHP41062 DHP5662
28
Double-Hung
Picture
Transom
TW
DHP
TWT
* Also available with
a 2-1/4" grille to
simulate a check rail.
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1-5/16" (33)
4-1/2" (114)
Lower sash in
open position
Check Rail
11/16" (17)
1-3/8" (35)
Sill stop
to subfloor
2-7/16" (62) dimension
4-5/16"
(110)
Wing blade
Wing blade retracted
for wash mode
400
1-1/2" (38)
3-5/16" (84)
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
High-Performance™
Low-E4® impact-resistant glass
4-1/2" (114)
Unit Dimension Height
Head
Clear Opg.
Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
2-7/16" (62)
1-5/16"
(33)
Jamb
1/2" (13)
1-7/8"
(37)
1/4" (6)
3/8" (10)
Clear Opg. Width
Min. Rough Opg. Width
1-7/8"
(37)
Jamb
1/4" (6)
Unit Dimension Width
Sill
Vertical Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
4-1/2" (114)
Head
Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® glass
Lower sash
Standard
High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass
Check Rail
4-1/2" (114)
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1-5/16" (33)
Horizontal Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
Upper sash
1-5/16"
(33)
Jamb
1/4" (6)
3/8" (10)
1-7/8"
(37)
Clear Opg. Width
Min. Rough Opg. Width
1-7/8"
(37)
Jamb
1/4" (6)
Unit Dimension Width
Sill
Vertical Section
(Standard High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass with PG Upgrade)
Horizontal Section
(Standard High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass with PG Upgrade)
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• Light colored areas are basic parts furnished by Andersen. Dark colored areas are recommended Andersen parts to complete unit assembly and must be specifically ordered.
29
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Picture Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Picture windows are not available with monolithic impact-resistant glass.
4-1/2" (114)
2-7/16" (62)
Unobstr.
Glass
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1-5/16" (33)
Optional
Andersen® stool
Head
1-1/2" (38)
5/8" (16)
4-1/2"
(114)
1-5/16"
(33)
Jamb
2-7/16" (62)
1/2" (13)
1/4"
(6)
2-7/16"
(62)
2-7/16"
(62)
Unobstructed
Glass Width
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
1/4"
(6)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Sill
Vertical Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
Horizontal Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
Transom Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1-5/16" (33)
4-1/2" (114)
Head
Unobstr.
Glass
3-5/16"
(84)
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1/4" (6)
3-5/16"
(84)
4-1/2"
(114)
1-5/16"
(33)
Jamb
1/4"
(6)
5/16" (8)
3-5/16"
(84)
Unobstr.
Glass
3-5/16"
(84)
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1/4"
(6)
Sill
Vertical Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Jamb
Horizontal Section
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
1-11/16" (43)
Jamb
Jamb
Jamb
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
2" (51) (Ref.)
Unit Dim.
Unit Dim.
3/4" (19)
Support Mullion
Andersen® LVL Reinforced Mullion
Joining basic tilt-wash units using a
vertical support (supplied by others)
between units. Exterior filler and vinyl
trim are furnished when specified.
Tilt-wash units joined using Andersen LVL
(Laminated Veneer Lumber) reinforced joining
materials. For applications that require
reinforcement for lateral loads. Andersen LVL
reinforced joining materials can be used for
mullion and transom joining.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• Light colored areas are basic parts furnished by Andersen. Dark colored areas are recommended Andersen parts to complete unit assembly and must be specifically ordered.
30
Opening Specifications for Tilt-Wash Basic Sizes
Clear Opg.
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Width
Inches
(mm)
Depth
Inches
(mm)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
TW18210
TW1832
TW1836
TW18310
TW1842
TW1846
TW18410
TW1852
TW1856
TW18510
TW1862
TW20210
TW2032
TW2036
TW20310
TW2042
TW2046
TW20410
TW2052
TW2056
TW20510
TW2062
TW24210
TW2432
TW2436
TW24310
TW2442
TW2446
TW24410
TW2452
TW2456
TW24510
TW2462*
TW26210
TW2632
TW2636
TW26310
TW2642
TW2646
TW26410
TW2652
TW2656
TW26510*
TW2662*
TW28210
TW2832
TW2836
TW28310
TW2842
TW2846
TW28410
TW2852
TW2856*
TW28510*
TW2862*
1.52
1.77
2.02
2.27
2.51
2.76
3.01
3.26
3.51
3.76
4.00
1.86
2.17
2.44
2.77
3.08
3.38
3.68
3.99
4.29
4.60
4.90
2.20
2.56
2.92
3.28
3.64
4.00
4.36
4.72
5.08
5.44
5.80
2.37
2.76
3.15
3.53
3.92
4.31
4.70
5.08
5.47
5.86
6.24
2.54
3.00
3.37
3.79
4.20
4.62
5.03
5.45
5.86
6.28
6.69
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
17-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
21-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
25-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
27-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
29-7/8"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
2.90
3.32
3.74
4.15
4.57
4.98
5.40
5.81
6.23
6.65
7.06
3.68
4.21
4.73
5.26
5.79
6.31
6.84
7.37
7.89
8.42
8.95
4.46
5.09
5.73
6.37
7.01
7.65
8.28
8.92
9.56
10.20
10.84
4.84
5.54
6.23
6.92
7.62
8.31
9.01
9.70
10.39
11.09
11.78
5.23
5.98
6.73
7.48
8.23
8.98
9.73
10.48
11.22
11.97
12.72
10' 5"
11' 1"
11' 9"
12' 5"
13' 1"
13' 9"
14' 5"
15' 1"
15' 9"
16' 5"
17' 1"
11' 5"
12' 1"
12' 9"
13' 5"
14' 1"
14' 9"
15' 5"
16' 1"
16' 9"
17' 5"
18' 1"
12' 5"
13' 1"
13' 9"
14' 5"
15' 1"
15' 9"
16' 5"
17' 1"
17' 9"
18' 5"
19' 1"
12' 11"
13' 7"
14' 3"
14' 11"
15' 7"
16' 3"
16' 11"
17' 7"
18' 3"
18' 11"
19' 7"
13' 5"
14' 1"
14' 9"
15' 5"
16' 1"
16' 9"
17' 5"
18' 1"
18' 9"
19' 5"
20' 1"
(0.141)
(0.164)
(0.187)
(0.210)
(0.234)
(0.257)
(0.280)
(0.303)
(0.326)
(0.349)
(0.372)
(0.173)
(0.201)
(0.227)
(0.258)
(0.286)
(0.314)
(0.342)
(0.370)
(0.399)
(0.427)
(0.455)
(0.204)
(0.238)
(0.271)
(0.305)
(0.338)
(0.371)
(0.405)
(0.438)
(0.472)
(0.505)
(0.538)
(0.220)
(0.256)
(0.292)
(0.382)
(0.364)
(0.400)
(0.436)
(0.472)
(0.508)
(0.544)
(0.580)
(0.236)
(0.275)
(0.313)
(0.352)
(0.390)
(0.429)
(0.467)
(0.506)
(0.544)
(0.583)
(0.622)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(454)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(556)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(657)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(708)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(759)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(0.269)
(0.308)
(0.347)
(0.386)
(0.425)
(0.463)
(0.502)
(0.540)
(0.579)
(0.618)
(0.656)
(0.342)
(0.391)
(0.439)
(0.489)
(0.538)
(0.586)
(0.635)
(0.685)
(0.733)
(0.782)
(0.831)
(0.414)
(0.473)
(0.532)
(0.592)
(0.651)
(0.711)
(0.769)
(0.829)
(0.888)
(0.947)
(1.007)
(0.450)
(0.515)
(0.579)
(0.643)
(0.708)
(0.772)
(0.837)
(0.901)
(0.963)
(1.030)
(1.094)
(0.486)
(0.556)
(0.625)
(0.695)
(0.765)
(0.834)
(0.904)
(0.974)
(1.042)
(1.112)
(1.182)
(3175)
(3378)
(3581)
(3785)
(3988)
(4191)
(4394)
(4597)
(4801)
(5004)
(5207)
(3480)
(3683)
(3886)
(4090)
(4293)
(4496)
(4699)
(4902)
(5105)
(5309)
(5512)
(3785)
(3988)
(4191)
(4394)
(4597)
(4801)
(5004)
(5207)
(5410)
(5614)
(5817)
(3937)
(4140)
(4343)
(4547)
(4750)
(4953)
(5156)
(5359)
(5563)
(5766)
(5969)
(4090)
(4293)
(4496)
(4699)
(4902)
(5105)
(5309)
(5512)
(5715)
(5918)
(6121)
Sq. Ft.
1.78
2.03
2.28
2.53
2.78
3.02
3.27
3.52
3.77
4.02
4.26
2.18
2.48
2.79
3.09
3.40
3.70
4.00
4.31
4.61
4.92
5.22
2.58
2.94
3.30
3.66
4.02
4.38
4.74
5.10
5.45
5.81
6.17
2.78
3.17
3.55
3.94
4.33
4.71
5.10
5.49
5.88
6.26
6.65
2.98
3.39
3.81
4.22
4.64
5.05
5.47
5.88
6.30
6.71
7.13
Vent
(m2)
(0.165)
(0.189)
(0.212)
(0.235)
(0.258)
(0.281)
(0.304)
(0.327)
(0.350)
(0.373)
(0.396)
(0.203)
(0.230)
(0.259)
(0.287)
(0.316)
(0.344)
(0.372)
(0.400)
(0.428)
(0.457)
(0.485)
(0.240)
(0.273)
(0.307)
(0.340)
(0.373)
(0.407)
(0.440)
(0.474)
(0.506)
(0.540)
(0.573)
(0.258)
(0.295)
(0.330)
(0.366)
(0.402)
(0.438)
(0.474)
(0.510)
(0.546)
(0.582)
(0.618)
(0.277)
(0.315)
(0.354)
(0.392)
(0.431)
(0.469)
(0.508)
(0.546)
(0.585)
(0.623)
(0.662)
Top of Subfloor
to Top of Inside
Sill Stop
Inches
(m2)
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
26-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
5.53
6.14
6.74
7.34
7.94
8.54
9.14
9.74
10.34
10.94
11.54
6.56
7.27
7.98
8.69
9.41
10.12
10.83
11.54
12.25
12.96
13.68
7.58
8.40
9.23
10.05
10.87
11.70
12.52
13.34
14.17
14.99
15.81
8.09
8.97
9.85
10.73
11.61
12.49
13.36
14.24
15.12
16.00
16.88
8.61
9.54
10.47
11.41
12.34
13.28
14.21
15.14
16.08
17.01
17.95
(0.514)
(0.570)
(0.626)
(0.682)
(0.737)
(0.793)
(0.849)
(0.905)
(0.961)
(1.016)
(1.072)
(0.609)
(0.675)
(0.742)
(0.808)
(0.874)
(0.940)
(1.006)
(1.072)
(1.138)
(1.204)
(1.271)
(0.704)
(0.781)
(0.857)
(0.934)
(1.010)
(1.087)
(1.163)
(1.240)
(1.316)
(1.392)
(1.469)
(0.752)
(0.833)
(0.915)
(0.997)
(1.079)
(1.160)
(1.241)
(1.323)
(1.405)
(1.486)
(1.568)
(0.800)
(0.886)
(0.973)
(1.060)
(1.146)
(1.234)
(1.320)
(1.407)
(1.494)
(1.580)
(1.668)
Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
Unit Number
Crack Opening Vent
Sash Only
Lineal Ft. (mm)
400
Clear Opening in Full Open Position
* These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: clear openable area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear openable width of 20" and clear openable height of 24."
31
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Windows
Opening Specifications for Tilt-Wash Basic Sizes – Continued
Clear Opening in Full Open Position
Unit Number
Clear Opg.
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Width
Inches (mm)
Depth
Inches (mm)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Crack Opening Vent
Sash Only
Lineal Ft. (mm)
TW210210
TW21032
TW21036
TW210310
TW21042
TW21046
TW210410
TW21052*
TW21056*
TW210510*
TW21062*
TW30210
TW3032
TW3036
TW30310
TW3042
TW3046
TW30410*
TW3052*
TW3056*
TW30510*
TW3062*
TW34210
TW3432
TW3436
TW34310
TW3442
TW3446
TW34410*
TW3452*
TW3456*
TW34510*
TW3462*
TW38210
TW3832
TW3836
TW38310
TW3842
TW3846
TW38410*
TW3852*
TW3856*
TW38510*
TW3862*
2.71
3.15
3.65
4.04
4.48
4.93
5.37
5.81
6.25
6.70
7.14
2.88
3.35
3.82
4.30
4.76
5.23
5.70
6.18
6.65
7.12
7.59
3.22
3.75
4.27
4.80
5.33
5.85
6.38
6.90
7.43
7.96
8.48
3.56
4.14
4.73
5.31
5.89
6.47
7.05
7.63
8.22
8.80
9.38
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
31-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
37-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
41-7/8"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
12-1/4"
14-1/4"
16-1/4"
18-1/4"
20-1/4"
22-1/4"
24-1/4"
26-1/4"
28-1/4"
30-1/4"
32-1/4"
5.62
6.42
7.23
8.03
8.84
9.64
10.45
11.25
12.06
12.86
13.67
6.01
6.87
7.73
8.59
9.45
10.31
11.17
12.03
12.89
13.75
14.61
6.79
7.76
8.73
9.70
10.67
11.64
12.61
13.58
14.55
15.53
16.50
7.56
8.64
9.72
10.81
11.89
12.97
14.05
15.14
16.22
17.30
18.38
13' 11"
14' 7"
15' 3"
15' 11"
16' 7"
17' 3"
17' 11"
18' 7"
19' 3"
19' 11"
20' 7"
14' 5"
15' 1"
15' 9"
16' 5"
17' 1"
17' 9"
18' 5"
19' 1"
19' 9"
20' 5"
21' 1"
15' 5"
16' 1"
16' 9"
17' 5"
18' 1"
18' 9"
19' 5"
20' 1"
20' 9"
21' 5"
21' 1"
16' 5"
17' 1"
17' 9"
18' 5"
19' 1"
19' 9"
20' 5"
21' 1"
21' 9"
22' 5"
23' 1"
(0.252)
(0.293)
(0.340)
(0.375)
(0.416)
(0.458)
(0.500)
(0.540)
(0.581)
(0.622)
(0.663)
(0.268)
(0.311)
(0.355)
(0.400)
(0.443)
(0.486)
(0.530)
(0.576)
(0.617)
(0.661)
(0.705)
(0.299)
(0.348)
(0.397)
(0.446)
(0.495)
(0.544)
(0.593)
(0.641)
(0.690)
(0.739)
(0.788)
(0.331)
(0.385)
(0.439)
(0.493)
(0.547)
(0.601)
(0.655)
(0.709)
(0.763)
(0.817)
(0.871)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(809)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(860)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(962)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(1064)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(311)
(362)
(413)
(464)
(514)
(565)
(616)
(667)
(718)
(768)
(819)
(0.522)
(0.596)
(0.672)
(0.746)
(0.821)
(0.896)
(0.971)
(1.045)
(1.120)
(1.195)
(1.270)
(0.558)
(0.638)
(0.718)
(0.798)
(0.878)
(0.958)
(1.038)
(1.118)
(1.198)
(1.277)
(1.357)
(0.631)
(0.721)
(0.811)
(0.901)
(0.991)
(1.081)
(1.172)
(1.262)
(1.352)
(1.443)
(1.533)
(0.702)
(0.803)
(0.903)
(1.004)
(1.105)
(1.205)
(1.305)
(1.407)
(1.507)
(1.607)
(1.708)
(4242)
(4445)
(4648)
(4852)
(5055)
(5258)
(5461)
(5664)
(5867)
(6071)
(6274)
(4394)
(4597)
(4801)
(5004)
(5207)
(5410)
(5614)
(5817)
(6020)
(6223)
(6426)
(4699)
(4902)
(5105)
(5309)
(5512)
(5715)
(5918)
(6121)
(6325)
(6528)
(6731)
(5004)
(5207)
(5410)
(5614)
(5817)
(6020)
(6223)
(6426)
(6629)
(6833)
(7036)
Vent
Sq. Ft. (m2)
3.18
3.62
4.06
4.51
4.95
5.39
5.83
6.28
6.72
7.16
7.60
3.38
3.85
4.32
4.79
5.26
5.73
6.20
6.67
7.14
7.61
8.08
3.78
4.30
4.83
5.35
5.88
6.41
6.93
7.46
8.00
8.51
9.04
4.17
4.76
5.34
5.92
6.50
7.08
7.66
8.25
8.83
9.41
9.99
(0.295)
(0.336)
(0.377)
(0.419)
(0.460)
(0.501)
(0.542)
(0.583)
(0.624)
(0.665)
(0.706)
(0.314)
(0.358)
(0.401)
(0.445)
(0.489)
(0.532)
(0.576)
(0.620)
(0.663)
(0.707)
(0.751)
(0.351)
(0.399)
(0.449)
(0.497)
(0.546)
(0.596)
(0.644)
(0.693)
(0.743)
(0.791)
(0.840)
(0.387)
(0.442)
(0.496)
(0.550)
(0.604)
(0.658)
(0.712)
(0.766)
(0.820)
(0.874)
(0.928)
* These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: clear openable area of 5.7 sq. ft., clear openable width of 20" and minimum height of clear openable height of 24."
32
Top of Subfloor
to Top of Inside
Sill Stop
Inches
(m2)
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
49-3/4"
45-3/4"
41-3/4"
37-3/4"
33-3/4"
29-3/4"
25-3/4"
21-3/4"
17-3/4"
13-3/4"
9-3/4"
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
(1264)
(1162)
(1060)
(959)
(857)
(756)
(654)
(552)
(451)
(349)
(248)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
9.12
10.11
11.10
12.09
13.08
14.07
15.05
16.04
17.03
18.02
19.01
9.63
10.67
11.72
12.76
13.81
14.85
15.90
16.95
17.99
19.04
20.08
10.65
11.81
12.97
14.12
15.28
16.43
17.59
18.75
19.90
21.06
22.22
11.68
12.94
14.21
15.48
16.75
18.01
19.28
20.55
21.62
23.08
24.35
(0.847)
(0.939)
(1.031)
(1.123)
(1.215)
(1.307)
(1.398)
(1.490)
(1.587)
(1.674)
(1.766)
(0.895)
(0.991)
(1.089)
(1.185)
(1.283)
(1.380)
(1.477)
(1.575)
(1.671)
(1.769)
(1.865)
(0.989)
(1.097)
(1.205)
(1.312)
(1.420)
(1.526)
(1.634)
(1.742)
(1.849)
(1.957)
(2.064)
(1.085)
(1.202)
(1.320)
(1.438)
(1.556)
(1.673)
(1.791)
(1.909)
(2.009)
(2.144)
(2.262)
Circle Top™ ........................... 36
Elliptical............................... 37
Circle and Oval .................... 38
Flexiframe®........................... 39
Arch..................................... 40
Springline™ .......................... 42
Enhancement ...................... 44
Springline™ Flanker .............. 45
Custom Arch ........................ 45
Combination Design ............ 70
Performance Data ............... 75
This full collection of stylish, graceful enhancements can be used in a variety of applications. They can make a
signature statement — or provide a delicate lighting accent. Best of all, from circles to arches to custom-designed
picture windows, you’ll get the same uncompromised quality and value you expect from any Andersen® product.
400
Section Reference
SpecialtyWindows
Specialty Windows
Specialty Windows
Arch Window
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
Circle Top™ Window
FRame
Wood frame members
are treated with a waterrepellent wood preservative
for long-lasting* protection and
performance. Radii are made
of laminated, continuous maple
select hardwood (without finger
joints), offering improved
strength and appearance.
The lineal sections of the
jamb and sill on Andersen®
Flexiframe®, custom arch,
arch and enhancement
windows are covered with a
low-maintenance, glass fiber
reinforced composite. The arched
head members, and Springline™
units, are covered with stretch
formed coated aluminum.
Exterior finishes include four
neutral colors. Specify White,
Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
The vinyl anchoring flange
on Flexiframe, custom arch, arch,
Springline™ and enhancement
units extends 1-1/4" (32) around
the entire perimeter of the unit
(not applied). It helps secure
the unit to the structure.
GlaSS
Pre-formed rigid vinyl
sheath on the Andersen
Circle Top,™ quarter round,
elliptical, circle and oval
window frames forms a full
perimeter flange for sealing
the unit to the structure.
Inside trim stop is made
of unfinished clear pine. (Arch
stops are select hardwood.)
Arched trim stops are made
with quality, full-length, select
hardwood laminations. Units
are shipped with the trim
stops tacked on, so removal
is easy, expediting finishing
and joining procedures.
The fastening system
uses 1-1/2" (38) by 3"
(76) stainless steel installation
clips. The installation clips
are screwed to the frame
and fastened to the rough
opening for secure installation.
Optional 6" clips are available
for use with pre-applied
extension jambs.
Springline units are installed
through the frame with
#10 x 3" screws.
Andersen Circle Top™,
quarter round, elliptical, circle
and oval windows are covered
with a seamless rigid vinyl
(PVC) pre-formed sheath.
Low-maintenance exterior
cladding provides longlasting* beauty in four exterior
finish options. Specify White,
Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
Flexiframe®Window
exterior
Unfinished inside wood
glazing stop helps secure the
glass in place. Arched glazing
stops are made with full-length
select hardwood laminations.
Interior wood stops are
secured to frame using
1-1/2" 16-gauge crown staples
instead of nails.
† On units up to 50 sq. ft.
^ On units up to 30 sq. ft.
Springline™Window
Interior
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color
and texture make each window one-of-a-kind.
Specify a unit exterior color option and an
interior finish option to complete your order.
White
34
Sandtone
Terratone®
ForestGreen
white
pine
Consult local building
codes for glass most suitable to
your area. Glass options include:
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
impact-resistant glass†
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Sun impact-resistant glass†
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
impact-resistant glass†
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered
impact-resistant glass†
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass†
• High-Performance™ Low-E4®
SmartSun™ tempered
impact-resistant glass†
• Monolithic
impact-resistant glass^
• Monolithic tinted
impact-resistant glass^
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
Circle/OvalWindow
FRame
Extension Jambs
Specify extension jambs
when ordering.
Standard unit jamb width is
2-7/8" (73), except for elliptical
and double-hung Circle Top™
units, which are 4-1/2" (114).
The installation system
includes 1-1/2" (38)
by 3" (76) stainless steel
installation clips for additional
reinforcement. The installation
clips are screwed to the frame
and fastened to the rough
opening for secure installation.
Optional 6" clips are available
for use with factory-applied or
pre-applied extension jambs.
Pine (or continuous laminated
select hardwood) extension jambs
are pre-drilled and available for
the following wall thicknesses:
• 4-9/16" (116)
• 5-1/4" (133)
• 6-9/16" (167)
• 7-1/8" (181) (not pre-drilled)
Some sizes may be pine veneer.
Springline™ window extension
jambs and transition pieces
are applied when ordered with
the unit (key component block
is also applied to units with
a 48" (1219) radius).
GlaSS
Interior Arch Casing
Available in colonial or ranch
styles. Two transition blocks
come with each arch casing.
Arch window casings come
with plinth blocks. Pine
casings and additional profiles
are also available. For easy
integration and consistency,
casing dimensions are
consistent with Wood Moulding
and Millwork Producers
Association specifications.
Andersen® Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
come in eleven original
patterns, including four
Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details on
Andersen art glass, or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
For arch windows: 2-7/8" (73) x
4" (102) size for use with 2-1/4"
(57) and 2-1/2" (64) casing,
3-7/8" (98) x 5-1/4" (133) for
use with 3-1/2" (89) casing.
2-1/4" (57) Colonial style, in oak
and select hardwoods.* WM366.
Auxiliary Extension Jambs
For joining arch windows over
casement or alongside awning
windows. Available for the
following wall thicknesses:
• 4-9/16" (116)
• 5-1/4" (133)
• 6-9/16" (167)
• 7-1/8" (181)
Plinth Blocks
For enhancing casing
transitions. Decorated with
a radial sunburst, or use
the reverse side flush face.
SpecialtyWindows
InStallatIon
SyStem
Sold Separately.
400
accessories
2-1/2" (64) Colonial style, in oak
and select hardwoods.* WM351.
For Circle Top,™ elliptical, circle
and oval windows: 2-7/8" (73)
size for use with 2-1/4" (57)
and 2-1/2" (64) casing, 3-7/8"
(98) size for use with 3-1/2"
(89) casing.
CAUTION:
3-1/2" (89) Colonial style, in oak
and select hardwoods.* WM444.
Key Block
Excellent for creating unique
trim designs or accents at arch
casing transitions. A key block
is an option for Andersen circle
and oval windows. Not available
on units with monolithic glass.
2-1/4" (57) Ranch style in oak
and select hardwoods.* WM324.
2-1/2" (64) Ranch style in oak
and select hardwoods.* WM315.
Transition Piece
Two transition pieces come
with the interior arch casing/
extension jambs, providing
a beautiful accent for circle
and oval windows.
• Painting and staining may
cause damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone®
color may be painted any color lighter
than Terratone using quality oil-base
or latex paint. Submit color samples
to Andersen for approval when
painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should
not come in contact with
Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant
the adhesion of paint to vinyl.
* Select hardwoods for specialty window
interior arch casing include Hard Maple,
Red Maple, European Birch, White Poplar
and White Aspen. The specific species
used will be dependent upon availability.
"Frank Lloyd Wright" is a registered
trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright
Foundation.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
35
Specialty Windows
Table of Basic Circle Top™ Window—Casement/Awning Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
2'-7 1/2"
(800)
2'-8"
(813)
26 7/8"
(683)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
23 3/4"
(603)
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(625)
19 1/2"
Unobstructed Glass
(495)
Unit Dimension
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 5 /16"
(795)
Sizes on this page are
shown with Renaissance and
Sunburst grille patterns.
CTQC1
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(625)
19 1/2"
Unobstructed Glass
(495)
Unit Dimension
31 5/16"
(795)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
2'-1115/16"
(913)
26 7/8"
(683)
2'-8"
(813)
2'-7 1/2"
(800)
23 3/4"
(603)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
(625)
19 1/2"
(495)
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
Renaissance
Pattern
CTQCW1
CTQCX1 ‡
CTQA3
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
23 3/4"
(603)
2'-7 1/2"
(800)
2'-8"
(813)
26 7/8"
(683)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 5/16"
(795)
Colonial Grille Patterns
are also available. For more
information on Andersen divided
light, see pages 2-3 or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles.
Sunburst
Pattern
Colonial Pattern Example
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
4'-9"
(1448)
51 7/8"
(1318)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
43 3/8"
(1102)
(397)
(527)
15 5/8"
CTCX1 ‡
1'-8 1/4"
(514)
1'-8 3/4"
13 7/16"
(341)
CTCW1
1-6 1/2"
(470)
1'-6"
(458)
(302)
(419)
1'-5"
(432)
117/8"
CTC1
1'-4 1/2"
(248)
1'-2 7/8"
(378)
9 3/4"
1'-2 3/8"
(365)
Renaissance
Pattern
CTCXW1
Sunburst
Pattern
5'-2 3/4"
(1594)
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
58 1/8"
(1476)
5'-11 7/8"
(1826)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
67 1/4"
(1708)
CTC2
(854)
33 5/8"
3'-2 3/4"
(984)
3'-2 1/4"
(972)
29"
(737)
2'-9 5/8"
(854)
2'-10 1/8"
(867)
25 15/16"
(659)
(791)
2'-7 1/8"
2'-6
(776)
9/16"
(551)
21 11/16"
2'-2 7/8"
(683)
2'-2 5/16"
(668)
Renaissance
Pattern
CTCX2 ‡
CTCW2
Sunburst
Pattern
CTC3
Table of Basic Circle Top™ Window—Double-Hung Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
CTN24
5'-7 5/16"
(1710)
5'-7 7/8"
(1724)
62 1/16"
(1576)
CTN28
6'-3 5/16"
(1913)
6'-3 7/8"
(1927)
70 1/16"
(1780)
(462)
(603)
18 3/16"
1'-11 3/16"
(589)
1'-11 3/4"
Renaissance
Pattern
CTN30
CTN34
Sunburst
Pattern
Special order picture window grilles to align with CT2 and CT3 are available.
Contact your Andersen supplier.
• For custom grille alignment options for specialty windows, contact your Andersen supplier or
visit andersenwindows.com/grilles.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• Andersen® art glass panels are available for all sizes on this page.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
34 1/4"
(870)
3'-4 1/2"
(1029)
3'-4"
(1016)
31"
(787)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
3'-0"
(914)
36
3'-5 5/8"
(1057)
3'-6 1/8"
(1070)
36 3/8"
(924)
NOTE: Picture window grille alignment may not coincide with Circle Top™ grille pattern
when transom joined.
Renaissance
Pattern
CTN28-2
(552)
3'-1 5/8"
(956)
3'-2 1/8"
(968)
32 3/8"
(822)
16 3/16"
(411)
1'-7 3/4"
(502)
14 3/16"
(360)
1'-7 3/16"
(487)
1'-5 3/4"
(451)
12 3/16"
(310)
1'-5 3/16"
(437)
(259)
(386)
1'-3 3/4"
(400)
10 3/16"
1'-3 3/16"
(752)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
24 3/8"
(619)
CTN20
Unit Dimension
2'-9 5/8"
(854)
2'-10 1/8"
(867)
28 3/8"
(721)
2'-5 5/8"
1'-9 3/16"
(538)
1'-9 3/4"
2'-1 5/8"
(651)
2'-2 1/8"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(664)
20 3/8"
Unobstructed Glass
(518)
Unit Dimension
CTN30-2
Sunburst
Pattern
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
‡ Contact your Andersen supplier for availability of Andersen® art glass panels for these sizes.
Table of Basic Elliptical Window Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
6'-0"
(1829)
66 1/4"
(1683)
(2292)
(410)
ET6
16 1/8"
11 7/8"
(302)
1'-5 3/8"
(441)
1'-4 3/4"
(425)
Unobstructed Glass
1'-9 5/8"
(549)
Minimum
Rough Opening
7'-11 1/4"
(2419)
8'-0"
(2438)
90 1/4"
1'-9"
(533)
Unit Dimension
ET8
• Renaissance and Sunburst patterns are available in Finelight™ units,
specified divided light or with removable interior grilles.
• For custom grille alignment options for specialty windows, contact
your Andersen supplier or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for
use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or
other items. See page 7 for more details.
Standard Grilles / Size Compatibility
ET8, FWG & FWH
ET6, FWG & FWH
Renaissance
Pattern
• Andersen® art glass panels are available for these sizes.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
SpecialtyWindows
ET8, C, PD & NL
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired:
White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
400
ET6, C, PD & NL
Sunburst Pattern
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Andersen®
extension
jambs
Head
2-1/8"
(54)
2-1/2"
(64)
Head
2"
(51)
Min. Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
2-1/4"
(57)
1-5/16"
(33)
Unit Dimension Height
2-1/4"
(57)
4-1/2" (114)
1-5/16"
(33)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Unit Dimension Height
Andersen®
extension
jambs
Head
Min. Rough Opening Height
2-1/4"
(57)
Unit Dimension Height
Min. Rough Opening Height
1-5/16"
(33)
Min. Rough Opening Height
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
1-5/16"
(33)
4-1/2" (114)
2-5/8"
(67)
Head
2-3/8"
(60)
Sill
Sill
Sill
Vertical Section
Circle Top™ (Casement/Awning)
Vertical Section
Quarter Round (Casement/Awning)
Vertical Section
Elliptical
Vertical Section
Circle Top™ (Double-Hung)
(High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass)
(High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass)
(High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass)
(High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass)
Sill
* 4-9/16" measurement is from the backside of the anchoring flange to edge of extension jamb.
Circle Top™ Window–
Casement/Awning Glass Area
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
CTQC1
CTC1
CTQCW1
CTCW1
CTQA3
CTCXW1
CTC2
CTCW2
CTC3
CTQCX1
CTCX1
CTCX2
1.9
1.0
3.0
1.5
5.2
2.7
5.1
7.3
12.3
3.8
2.0
9.3
(0.177)
(0.093)
(0.279)
(0.139)
(0.483)
(0.251)
(0.474)
(0.678)
(1.143)
(0.353)
(0.186)
(0.864)
Circle Top™ Window–
Double-Hung Glass Area
Unit Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
CTN20
CTN24
CTN28
CTN30
CTN34
CTN28-2
CTN30-2
1.1
1.6
2.2
2.8
3.6
10.5
13.4
(0.102)
(0.149)
(0.204)
(0.260)
(0.335)
(0.975)
(1.245)
Elliptical Glass Area
Unit Number
ET6
ET8
Sq. Ft.
4.3
8.0
Glass
(m2)
(0.399)
(0.743)
37
Specialty Windows
Table of Basic Circle and Oval Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Circle Window with Renaissance Grille Pattern
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
19 3/4"
(502)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
24 "
(610)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 9/16"
(802)
CIR20
CIR24
CIR30
Colonial and Custom Grille specified equal light patterns are
also available. For more information on Andersen divided
light, see page 2-3 or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles.
Colonial Pattern Examples
Custom Pattern Examples
Oval Window with Renaissance Grille Pattern
1'-7 3/4"
(502)
1'-8 1/4"
(514)
15 3/8"
(391)
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
3'-0"
(914)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 3/8"
(797)
2'-0"
(610)
2'-0 1/2"
(622)
19 3/8"
(492)
OVL1824
OVL4830
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
4'-9"
(1448)
52 1/8"
(1324)
OVL3020
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
31 9/16"
(802)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
24"
(610)
OVL2418
Horizontal Installation
OVL2030
Oval windows can be installed
either vertically or horizontally.
OVL3048
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• Andersen® art glass panels are available in Classic Series and Artisan Series designs only for all sizes on this page.
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 3" = 1'-0" (1:4)
Optional Andersen
key block
Head
1/4" (6)
Sill
Optional Andersen
extension jambs and
transition pieces
Optional Andersen
interior arch casing
and transition pieces
Vertical Section - Circle Unit
Standard Andersen
transition block
for oval unit
Head
1/4" (6)
Sill
* 4-9/16" measurement is from
backside of anchoring flange to
edge of extension jamb.
• Rough opening dimensions may
need to be increased to allow for
use of building wraps, flashing,
sill panning, brackets, fasteners
or other items. See page 7 for
more details.
Optional Andersen
extension jambs and
transition pieces
Optional Andersen
interior arch casing
and transition pieces
Vertical Section - Oval Unit
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
Andersen® Key Block Kit
Available in maple or oak. Each kit includes two (2) key blocks and
two (2) key components, enough to do both sides or top and bottom.
Not available for units with monolithic impact-resistant glass.
Optional Andersen
key block
1/4" (6)
Standard Andersen
transition block
for oval unit
(High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Unit Dimension Height
Unit Dimension Height
1/4" (6)
Minimum Rough
Opening Height
1-5/16"
(33)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Minimum Rough
Opening Height
1-5/16"
(33)
Circle and Oval Window
Glass Area
Installation Examples
Unit Number
CIR20
CIR24
CIR30
OVL1824
OVL2030
OVL3048
Key Block
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
2.1
3.0
5.2
1.9
3.2
8.7
(0.195)
(0.279)
(0.483)
(0.177)
(0.297)
(0.808)
Dowel
Key Component
Typical installation of the
Andersen key block kit.
NOTE: See installation information starting on page 6.
38
In this example two (2)
key block kits are used.
CAUTION: In masonry wall construction, provide a minimum of
1/2" clearance from the top of the brick or masonry to the bottom
of any portion of the sill. Failure to do so could result in product
damage. Fill the void with closed cell foam backer rod and sealant.
Be sure to allow for dimensional change of framework.
Flexiframe Windows
®
Min. Width
Glass stop
1-3/8" (35)
Sill to
Peak
Height
Side
Height
Min.
Height
1-3/8" trim stop
(included in factory set up)
2" trim stop also available
Max. Sill Width
Sill Width
Optional Andersen extension jamb
angledpentagon
peakpentagon
Nailing flange
1-5/16" (33)
Max.
Height
2-7/8" (73)
Sill
Minimum and Maximum Limits for Flexiframe® Units
Flexiframe® windows may be assembled in almost any shape, or in any size,
with these minimum and maximum limits:
• May not have any angle less than 14.°
• May not exceed a maximum glass area greater than 50 square feet glass dimension
for High-Performance™ Low-E4® tempered impact-resistant glass.
• May not exceed a maximum glass area greater than 30 square feet glass dimension
for monolithic impact-resistant glass.
Pentagons
Flexiframe® pentagon units are the most complex of the possible, available shapes. They
are available as either angled or peaked pentagons. Angled pentagons are distinguished by
their angle cut, or the “cut-off corner”, sloping left or right. Angled pentagons are specified
by identifying the minimum width (top), maximum width (sill), minimum height (short side),
and their maximum height (long side). Flexiframe® angled pentagons may not have an angle
less than 14,° a leg less than 9," or an area (the product of its sill width multiplied by the
height) greater than 50 square feet glass dimension. Peaked pentagons have a sill, two sides
of equal length extending at right angles from the sill, and two sloped sides of equal length
coming to a peak midway above the sill. Peaked pentagons are specified by identifying the
width (sill), the height of one side, and the height from the sill to the peak. Flexiframe peaked
pentagon units may not have an angle less than 14,° a leg less than 9," or an area (the
product of its sill width multiplied by the height) greater than 50 square feet glass dimension.
• Square footage is based on a square or rectangular glass shape.
Leg Width
• No leg may be less than 9" (6" glass dimension).
Unit Width
Leg
Length
• Maximum width on short leg may not exceed 84" glass dimension.
Unit
Height
• One leg must be less than 72" glass dimension.
• No dimension can exceed 120" glass dimension.
h
Pitc
equilateralhexagon
hexagon
octagon
Hexagons
Flexiframe® hexagon units are available either as equilateral hexagons where all six sides
are equal or as a hexagon with non-equal sides. Equilateral hexagons are specified by identifying the length of one side. Hexagons have a top parallel to and centered over the base.
They are specified by identifying their height, top leg, base, and vertical leg lengths. Their
total area may not exceed 50 square feet glass dimension (High-Performance™ Low-E4®
tempered impact-resistant glass), and sides may be any dimension between 9" and 42".
Octagons
Flexiframe® octagon units are available only as equilateral units. All angles and sides must
be equal. They may be specified by identifying the length of one of their sides. Their total
area may not exceed 50 square feet glass dimension, and sides may be any dimension
between 9" and 36".
NOTE: Standard octagons are available in 2,' 2'-4" and 3' unit dimension sizes.
See the Enhancement Windows size table for information on these sizes.
Sill to
Peak
Height
Height
parallelogram
diamond
Parallelograms/Diamonds
Flexiframe® horizontal and vertical parallelogram units are specified by identifying the
length of two vertical legs and unit dimension width, along with pitch. Flexiframe diamond
shape units are specified by identifying unit dimension width and unit dimension height
(all four sides will be equal length). Flexiframe parallelogram and diamond shape units may
not have an angle less than 14,° a leg less than 9," or an area greater than 50 square feet
glass dimension.
Max.
Height
Max.
Height
Min.
Height
Trapezoids
Flexiframe® trapezoid units are available with an angle face cut sloped to the left, or
an angle face cut sloped to the right. They are specified by identifying their width (sill),
selecting the minimum height (short side), and selecting the maximum height (long side).
They are often specified so the angled top matches the slope of the roof. Flexiframe
trapezoid units may not have an angle less than 14,° a leg less than 9," or an area
(the product of its sill width multiplied by the height) greater than 50 square feet glass
dimension (High-Performance™ Low-E4® tempered impact-resistant glass).
Height
Sill Width
Width
isoscelestriangle
rightangle
Triangles
Triangular Flexiframe® units are available in either isosceles or right triangle configurations.
Isosceles triangles have two sides of equal length and equal slope. They should be specified
by the width of their sill and their height from sill to peak. Right triangles have a 90° angle
and may be defined by the length of the two legs extending from the 90° corner. Flexiframe
triangles may not have an angle less than 14,° a leg less than 9," or an area (the product
of its sill width multiplied by the height) greater than 50 square feet glass dimension.
Min.
Height
Sill Width
Sill Width
SpecialtyWindows
Glazing sealant
400
Sill Detail Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Height
Width
Width
Rectangles
Rectangles as a category include both squares and rectangles. Flexiframe® rectangle units
should be specified by identifying their width and height. Sides of Flexiframe rectangle units
may be any dimension between 9" and 120." The overall area defined by the rectangle may
not exceed 50 square feet glass dimension.
39
Specialty Windows
Table of Basic Sizes—Arch Window with Renaissance, Sunburst and Colonial Grille Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Custom Sizes Also Available
CHORD
HEIGHT
Determining Arch Window Height Dimensions
+
UNOBSTRUCTED
GLASS HEIGHT
SHOULDER
HEIGHT
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
Unit Height: add the shoulder height to the chord height (see below for these dimensions).
Rough Opening Height: add 1/2" (13mm) to the unit height, or refer to the Arch Window Rough Opening Height chart.
Unobstructed Glass Height: subtract 4-3/4" (121mm) from the unit height.
3 1/4"
(83)
4 21/32"
(118)
4 13/16"
(122)
6 7/16"
(164)
7 1/16"
(179)
7 13/16"
(198)
9 7/16"
(240)
12 5/8"
(321)
Radius
2' (610)
2' (610)
3' (914)
4' (1219)
5' (1524)
5' (1524)
6' (1829)
8' (2438)
Unit
Dimension
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
4'-11 1/4"
(1505)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
7'-11 1/8"
(2416)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-9"
(1448)
4'-11 3/4"
5'-11 3/4"
(1518)
(1822)
7'-11 5/8"
(2429)
Unobstructed 19 3/8"
Glass
(492)
23 5/8"
(600)
31 3/16"
(792)
43 1/4"
(1099)
51 3/4"
(1314)
54 1/2"
(1384)
66 1/2"
(1689)
90 3/8"
(2296)
AFCP3006*
AFC206*
AFCW206*
AFFW5006*
AFFW6006*
AFFW8006*
AFC106* AFCW106*
AFC11*
AFCW11*
AFCP301*
AFC21*
AFCW21*
AFFW501*
AFFW601*
AFFW801*
AFC12
AFCW12
AFCP302
AFC22
AFCW22
AFFW502
AFFW602
AFFW802
AFC13
AFCW13
AFCP303
AFC23
AFCW23
AFFW503
AFFW803
AFFW603
AFC135
AFCW135
AFCP3035
AFC235
AFCW235
AFFW5035
AFFW6035
AFFW8035
(H.P.I.R. only)
Colonial Grille Pattern
4'-4 13/16" (1341)
AFC14
AFCW14
AFCP304
AFC24
AFCW24
AFFW504
AFFW604
AFC145
AFCW145
AFCP3045
AFC245
AFCW245
AFFW5045
AFFW6045
AFFW804
(H.P.I.R. only)
Available for all sizes on this page.
Standard grille pattern for units above
For other grille profiles see page 2-3.
AFFW8045
(H.P.I.R. only)
Standard grille pattern for units above
Frenchwood® patio door compatible
Casement / Awning compatible
1/2" (13)
For other grille profiles see page 2-3.
3/4" (19)
NOTE: Grille patterns for units with shoulder heights of 12" or less do not include horizontal dividers.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Arch window units are stationary.
40
* These units are shown with the
Sunburst grille pattern. All other
sizes (except where noted) are
shown with the Renaissance
grille pattern. Colonial grille
pattern available for all sizes
on this page.
Finelight ™ only available
in 3/4" width.
4'-0" (1219)
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
SHOULDER HEIGHT
3'-4 13/16" (1037) 2'-11 15/16" (913) 2'-0 1/8" (613) 12" (305)
6" (152)
CHORD
HEIGHT
1/2" (13)
7/8" (22)
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement.
This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen
supplier for more information.
Table of Basic Sizes—Arch Window with Renaissance and Colonial Grille Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Custom Sizes Also Available
CHORD
HEIGHT
Determining Arch Window Height Dimensions
+
UNOBSTRUCTED
GLASS HEIGHT
SHOULDER
HEIGHT
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
Unit Height: add the shoulder height to the chord height (see below for these dimensions).
Rough Opening Height: add 1/2" (13mm) to the unit height, or refer to the Arch Window Rough Opening Height chart.
Unobstructed Glass Height: subtract 4-3/4" (121mm) from the unit height.
4 13/16"
(122)
6 7/16"
(164)
7 1/16"
(179)
7 13/16"
(198)
9 7/16"
(240)
12 5/8"
(321)
Radius
2' (610)
2' (610)
3' (914)
4' (1219)
5' (1524)
5' (1524)
6' (1829)
8' (2438)
Unit
Dimension
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
4'-11 1/4"
(1505)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
7'-11 1/8"
(2416)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-9"
(1448)
4'-11 3/4"
(1518)
5'-11 3/4"
(1822)
7'-11 5/8"
(2429)
Unobstructed 19 3/8"
Glass
(492)
23 5/8"
(600)
31 3/16"
(792)
43 1/4"
(1099)
51 3/4"
(1314)
54 1/2"
(1384)
66 1/2"
(1689)
90 3/8"
(2296)
AFC15
AFCW15
AFCP305
AFC25
AFCW25
AFFW505
AFC155
AFCW155
AFCP3055
AFC255
AFCW255
SHOULDER HEIGHT
5'-11 7/8" (1826)
5'-4 13/16" (1646)
(H.P.I.R. only)
(H.P.I.R. only)
All vertical arch window
grille members were
designed to be equally
spaced. Vertical
alignment may not
coincide when units
are transom joined. All
horizontal grille members
were designed to line
up with corresponding
casement sizes. See
your Andersen retailer
for alignment options.
Special order arch
window grilles are
available to achieve
proper alignment.
AFFW6055
(H.P.I.R. only)
Sizes on this page
are shown with the
Renaissance grille pattern.
Colonial grille pattern also
available for all sizes.
AFC16
AFCW16
AFCP306
AFC26
AFCW26
AFFW506
(H.P.I.R. only)
AFFW606
Finelight ™ only available
in 3/4" width.
(H.P.I.R. only)
Colonial Grille Pattern
8'-0 1/8" (2442)
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
AFFW5055
AFFW805
AFFW605
(H.P.I.R. only)
Grille alignment
with other Andersen®
products.
AFC18
AFCW18
AFCP308
AFC28
AFCW28
(H.P.I.R. only)
AFFW508
(H.P.I.R. only)
(H.P.I.R. only)
Standard grille pattern for units above
Available for all sizes on this page.
Standard grille pattern for units above
Frenchwood® patio door compatible
Casement / Awning compatible
For other grille profiles see page 2-3.
AFFW608
(H.P.I.R. only)
1/2" (13)
For other grille profiles see page 2-3.
3/4" (19)
NOTE: Grille patterns for units with shoulder heights of 12" or less do not include horizontal dividers.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Arch window units are stationary.
1/2" (13)
7/8" (22)
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement.
This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen
supplier for more information.
41
SpecialtyWindows
4 21/32"
(118)
400
3 1/4"
(83)
4'-11 7/8" (1521)
CHORD
HEIGHT
Specialty Windows
Table of Basic Sizes—Springline™ Window with Renaissance and Colonial Grille Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Custom Sizes Also Available
CHORD
HEIGHT
Determining Springline™ Window Height Dimensions
+
UNOBSTRUCTED
GLASS HEIGHT
SHOULDER
HEIGHT
CHORD
HEIGHT
18 3/4" (476)
Radius
183/4" (476)
32 1/4" (819)
32 1/4" (819)
Unit Height: add the shoulder height to the chord height (see below for these dimensions).
Rough Opening Height: add 1/2" (13mm) to the unit height, or refer to the Springline Window Rough Opening Height chart.
Unobstructed Glass Height: subtract 4-3/4" (121mm) from the unit height.
34 1/4" (870)
36" (914)
18 3/4" (476)
3' ( 914)
183/4" (476)
5'-8
(1740)
6'-0"
(1829)
34 1/4" (870)
1/2"
32 1/4" (819)
34 1/4" (870)
36" (914)
32 1/4" (819)
34 1/4" (870)
3' (914)
3'-1 1/2"
(953)
5'-4 1/2"
(1638)
5'-8 1/2"
(1740)
6'-0"
(1829)
6'-0 1/2 "
Minimum
Rough Opg.
3'-2"
5'-5"
5'-9"
6'-0 1/2"
5'-9"
(1651)
(1753)
(1842)
3'-2"
(965)
5'-5"
(965)
(1651)
(1753)
(1842)
32 3/4"
(832)
59 3/4"
(1518)
63 3/4"
(1619)
67 1/4"
(1708)
32 3/4"
(832)
59 3/4"
(1518)
63 3/4"
(1619)
67 1/4"
(1708)
SE3106
SE5406
SE5806
SE6006
SE312
SE542
SE582
SE602
SE3145
SE583
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE603
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE3155
SE3135
SE5435
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE5835
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE6035
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE316
SE314
SE544
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE584
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE545
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE5455
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE546
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE604
(H.P.I.R. only)
NOTE: Springline™ extension jambs are factory-applied when ordered with the unit.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement
should be specified by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
Sizes on this page are shown with the
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
Renaissance grille pattern. Colonial
• Springline window units are stationary.
grille pattern also available for all sizes.
42
SE6045
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE585
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE605
(H.P.I.R. only)
5'-4 13/16" (1646)
SE543
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE5845
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE5855
(H.P.I.R. only)
SE6055
(H.P.I.R. only)
5'-11 7/8" (1826)
2'-11 15/16" (913)
SE315
SE313
SE5445
(H.P.I.R. only)
4'-11 7/8" (1521)
SE601
2'-0 1/8" (613)
6" (152)
12" (305)
SE581
3'-4 13/16" (1037)
SHOULDER HEIGHT
SE541
4'-0" (1219)
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
SE311
4'-4 13/16"(1341)
Unit
Dimension
3'-1 1/2"
(953)
Unobstructed
Glass
5'-4 1/2"
(1638)
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
SE586
(H.P.I.R. only)
Colonial Grille Pattern
Available for all sizes on this page.
Table of Basic Sizes—Springline™ Window with Renaissance and Colonial Grille Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Custom Sizes Also Available
CHORD
HEIGHT
Determining Springline™ Window Height Dimensions
UNOBSTRUCTED
GLASS HEIGHT
CHORD
HEIGHT
Radius
ROUGH
OPENING
HEIGHT
Unit Height: add the shoulder height to the chord height (see below for these dimensions).
Rough Opening Height: add 1/2" (13mm) to the unit height, or refer to the Springline Window Rough Opening Height chart.
Unobstructed Glass Height: subtract 4-3/4" (121mm) from the unit height.
24" (610)
48" (1219)
24" (610)
2' (610)
4' (1219)
2' (610)
30 13/16" (783)
CHORD
HEIGHT
Radius
41 9/16" (1056)
3' (914)
4' (1219)
4'-0"
(1219)
8'-0"
(2438)
4'-0"
(1219)
Unit
Dimension
5'-11
(1810)
7'-11 1/8"
(2416)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
43 1/4"
8'-0 1/2"
(2451)
91 1/4"
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
43 1/4"
Minimum
Rough Opg.
5'-11 3/4"
(1822)
66 1/2"
7'-11 5/8"
(2429)
90 3/8"
(1099)
(2318)
(1099)
(1689)
(2296)
SP403
SP4035
400
6" (152)
12" (305)
SHOULDER HEIGHT
2'-0 1/8" (613)
SP405
Unobstructed
Glass
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
4'-11 7/8" (1521)
SHOULDER HEIGHT
SP802
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
12" (305)
2'-0 1/8" (613)
2'-11 15/16" (913)
SHOULDER HEIGHT
SP402
(H.P.I.R. only)
3'-4 13/16" (1037)
See notes above for determining unit and rough opening heights
SP801
(H.P.I.R. only)
SP4045
5'-4 13/16" (1646)
SP8006
(H.P.I.R. only)
ELFW6006
ELFW601
ELFW602
ELFW8006
(H.P.I.R. only)
ELFW801
(H.P.I.R. only)
ELFW802
(H.P.I.R. only)
Sizes on this page are shown with the Renaissance grille pattern.
Colonial grille pattern also available for all sizes.
SP4055
5'-11 7/8" (1826)
6" (152)
Unobstructed
Glass
4'-4 13/16" (1341)
Unit
Dimension
1/4"
SpecialtyWindows
+
SHOULDER
HEIGHT
Colonial Grille Pattern
Available for all sizes on this and the previous page.
SP406
(H.P.I.R. only)
4'-0" (1219)
Grille alignment with other Andersen® products.
SP404
NOTE: Springline™ extension jambs are factory-applied when ordered with the unit.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement
should be specified by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• Springline window units are stationary.
All vertical Springline™ window grille members were designed to be
equally spaced. Vertical alignment may not coincide when units are
transom joined. All horizontal grille members were designed to line
up with corresponding casement sizes. See your Andersen retailer
for custom grille alignment options. Special order arch window
grilles are available to achieve proper alignment.
43
Specialty Windows
Table of Basic Sizes—Enhancement Windows Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Full Chord
FCD28
FCD30
AG
4'-0"
(1219)
36" (914)
4'-8 1/2"
(1435)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
28 15/16"
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-9"
(1448)
35 7/8"
(911)
47 7/8"
(1216)
6"
(152)
11 1/4"
(286)
10 11/16"
(271)
FCCXW3
FCC2
AG
AG
4 3/4"
(121)
Colonial Pattern
Custom grille patterns are also
available. For more information on
Andersen™ divided light, see page 2-3
or visit andersenwindows.com/grilles.
example
FCCW2
Custom Pattern Examples
CASEMENT sizes
AG
Colonial Pattern
•
Minimum
Rough Opg.
4'-11 3/4"
(1518)
5'-11 3/4"
(1822)
Unobstructed
Glass
49 7/16"
(1256)
59 11/16"
(1516)
FCFW50
1-4 1/8"
(410)
11 1/8"
(283)
4'-11 1/4"
(1504)
1-4 3/8"
(416)
Unit
Dimension
48" (1219)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
1-3 13/16"
(402)
36" (914)
10 13/16"
(275)
Radius
(395)
example
FRENCHWOOD® DOOR sizes
FCFW60
Colonial Pattern
AG
AG
Gothic
Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use
of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other
items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal
or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified
by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen supplier for
more information.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone,
Terratone® or Forest Green.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• Enhancement window units are stationary.
• Contact your Andersen supplier for Gothic grille pattern availability.
AG: Andersen® art glass panels are available for these sizes by special
order only. Contact your Andersen supplier.
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
Unobstructed
Glass
19 7/16"
(494)
2311/16"
(602)
31 1/4"
(794)
43 5/16"
(1100)
AG
GT2440
AG
Shoulder
Height
GT3046
AG
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
43 5/16"
(1100)
67 5/16"
(1710)
Unobstructed
Glass
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0"
(1219)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
Unobstructed
Glass
43 1/4"
(1099)
48"
(1219)
QR40
AG
Radius
24"
(610)
Unit
Dimension
Radius
36"
(914)
24 7/16"
(621)
GT4056
Shoulder
Height
2'-4"
(711)
3'-0"
(914)
2'-4 1/2"
(724)
3'-0 1/2"
(927)
(491)
23 5/16"
(592)
31 5/16"
(795)
OC20
OC24
2'-0"
(610)
2'-0 1/2"
(622)
19 5/16"
AG
AG
OC30
AG
FR40
AG
FR60
44
Shoulder
Height
6'-0"
(1829)
6'-0 1/2"
(1842)
Unit
Dimension
48"
(1219)
Standard Octagon
Monumental Quarter Round / Full Round
Radius
22 27/32"
(580)
Radius
60 7/8"
(1546)
21 9/32"
(541)
Radius
36"
(914)
48 7/8"
(1241)
Radius
32 1/4"
(819)
5'-6 1/2"
(1689)
GT2036
Radius
32 1/4"
(819)
16 27/32"
(428)
Shoulder
Height
4'-6 1/2"
(1384)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
4'-6"
(1372)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
42 3/4"
(1086)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0"
(1219)
2'-11 15/16"
(913)
36 9/16"
(929)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
3'-6 1/2"
(1080)
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
3'-6"
(1067)
Unit
Dimension
5'-6"
(1676)
1-3 9/16"
7 5/16"
(186)
32 1/4" (819)
(735)
DOUBLE-HUNG sizes
AG
18 3/4" (476)
2'-1115/16"
(913)
8 11/16"
(221)
1-1 7/8"
(352)
1-1 3/8"
(340)
Unobstructed
Glass
AG
AG
example
FCD38
9"
(274)
Minimum
Rough Opg.
(1172)
32 5/16"
(821)
FCD34
1-2 1/4"
(362)
Radius
Unit
Dimension
1-0 5/8"
(321)
4 3/8"
(111)
9 1/8"
(232)
9 5/8"
(244)
(632)
5 3/4"
(146)
11"
(279)
(968)
26 1/8"
(664)
1-0 1/16"
(306)
Unobstructed
Glass
32 1/4" (819)
3'-9 5/8"
(1159)
3'-10 1/8"
24" (610)
3'-5 5/8"
(1057)
3'-6 1/8"
(1070)
32 7/16"
(824)
10"
(254)
2'-10 1/8"
(867)
24 7/8"
Minimum
Rough Opg.
10 7/16"
(265)
24" (610)
3'-1 5/8"
(956)
3'-2 1/8"
9 7/16"
(240)
18 3/4" (476)
2'-9 5/8"
(854)
1-1 11/16"
(348)
Radius
Unit
Dimension
Renaissance
Pattern
Colonial
Pattern
Springline™ Flanker (custom arch) Window Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
C R width
Minimum
Rough Opg.
1'-5"
(432)
1'-5 1/2"
(445)
12 3/4"
(324)
(927)
(913)
31 3/16"
(792)
38 13/16"
(986)
3'-5 3/8"
(1051)
(1037)
3'-4
13/16"
C35 height
AG
43 1/4"
(1099)
4'-0 1/2"
(1232)
4'-0"
(1219)
C4 height
AG
55 1/8"
(1400)
5'-0 3/8"
(1534)
4'-11
(1521)
7/8"
C5 height
AG
67 1/4"
(1708)
6'-0 3/8"
(1838)
5'-11
(1826)
7/8"
AG
C6 height
1'-8 1/2"
(521)
1'-9"
(533)
15 3/4"
(400)
AG
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
19 3/8"
(492)
36" (914)
C W width
2'-0 1/8"
(613)
2'-0 5/8"
(625)
19 3/8"
(492)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
23 5/8"
(600)
C X W width
2'-11 15/16" 2'-11 15/16"
(913)
(913)
3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2"
(927)
(927)
31 3/16" 31 3/16"
(792)
(792)
2'-4 3/8"
(721)
2'-4 7/8"
(733)
23 5/8"
(600)
Radius
18 3/4"(476)
24" (610)
17 5/16"(440)
12 1/4" (311)
Shoulder Height
32 1/4" (819)
C width
1'-8 1/2"
(521)
1'-9"
(533)
15 3/4"
(400)
Radius
3'-0 1/2"
2'-1115/16"
C3 height
Unobstructed
Glass
1'-5"
(432)
1'-5 1/2"
(445)
12 3/4"
(324)
32 1/4" (819)
24" (610)
C N width
AG
Standard Renaissance interior grille pattern shown.
For other grille options, contact your Andersen supplier.
Shoulder Height
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
18 3/4"(476)
24" (610)
32 1/4" (819)
32 1/4"(819)
22 3/16"(564)
17 1/8"(435)
Shoulder Height
AG
Shoulder Height
9 5/8" (244)
AG
Shoulder Height
8 13/16"(234)
AG
Shoulder Height
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
18 3/4"(476)
24" (610)
32 1/4" (819)
32 1/4"(819)
36" (914)
29 3/8" (721)
24 5/16" (618)
Shoulder Height
AG
Shoulder Height
16 13/16" (427)
AG
Shoulder Height
16" (406)
AG
Shoulder Height
12" (305)
AG
Shoulder Height
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
18 3/4" (476)
24" (610)
32 1/4" (819)
32 1/4" (819)
36" (914)
41 1/4"(1048)
36 3/16"(919)
28 11/16"(729)
27 7/8" (708)
23 7/8"(606)
Shoulder Height
Shoulder Height
Shoulder Height
Shoulder Height
AG
AG
AG
AG
Shoulder Height
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
Radius
18 3/4"(476)
24" (610)
32 1/4" (819)
32 1/4" (819)
36" (914)
53 1/4"(1353)
48 3/16"(1224)
4011/16"(1033)
39 7/8"(1013)
35 7/8"(911)
Shoulder Height
AG
Shoulder Height
AG
Shoulder Height
AG
Shoulder Height
SpecialtyWindows
18 3/4" (476)
400
Radius
Casement Size
Unit
Dimension
AG
Shoulder Height
NOTE: To order these custom arch - Springline™ flanker units, contact your Andersen supplier.
AG: Andersen® art glass panels are available for these sizes by special order only. Contact your Andersen supplier.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Combinations of window units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• Enhancement window units are stationary.
Custom Arch Windows
Design Criteria
Andersen offers even greater design flexibility with
custom-dimensioned equal leg arches, unequal leg arches
and partial chords. Custom arch windows can be designed
using one of nine standard radii, further expanding the
existing line of 90 standard sizes of Andersen® arch windows.
There are certain factors that must be considered when deciding on a custom arch size or shape. Below we have listed some of
those factors. But for specific design criteria, mullion joining guidelines and order information, contact your Andersen supplier.
Design Considerations
There are nine standard radii to choose from: 18-3/4", 2', 32-1/4", 34-1/4", 3', 4', 5', 6', and 8'.
Color coordinate with any project. New arches are available
in White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green. Andersen™
divided light is available for most styles and sizes. Contact
your supplier for availability.
Maximum single unit width is based on available radius piece length. Contact supplier for specific information.
– Equal leg arch maximum unit width range: 36-3/4" for 18-3/4" radius. (See next page.)
– Unequal leg arch maximum unit width range: 18-3/4" for 18-3/4" radius.
– Partial chord maximum unit width range: 18-3/4" for 18-3/4" radius.
Custom arch shapes and sizes are specially constructed
to be used in combination with other Andersen windows
including: casement and awning windows, double-hung
windows, gliding windows, hinged or gliding patio doors
and Flexiframe® windows.
May not exceed a maximum glass area greater than 50 square feet glass dimension for
High-Performance™ Low-E4® tempered impact-resistant glass.
All units are stationary.
May not exceed a maximum glass area greater than 30 square feet glass dimension for
monolithic impact-resistant glass.
Square footage is based on square or rectangular glass shape.
Only one unit dimension (height or width) can exceed 7' 0."
No leg of any unit can be less than 9."
Do all calculations in inches to three decimal places.
Order extension jambs with units to assure correct sizing.
45
Specialty Windows
Custom Arch Windows
5
4
3
2
1
FEET
1
2
3
4
5
18-3/4"R
equal leg arch
unequal leg arch
2'R
partial chord
32-1/4"R
34-1/4"R
Custom arch windows allow for increased design flexibility. The illustration to
the right uses equal leg arch examples to indicate that both the width and
height of custom arch windws can be varied (increments of 1/32") for
all three shapes (shown above) while utilizing the nine standard radii.
5'R
6'R
3'R
8'R
4'R
18-3/4"R (3'0-3/4")
2'R (3'11-1/4")
32-1/4"R (5'3-3/4")
34-1/4"R (5'7-3/4")
3'R (5'11-1/4)
Expanded arch capabilities to achieve
Springline™ window expression.
4'R (7'11-1/4")
5'R (5'0")
6'R (6'0-5/8")
8'R (8'0-1/8")
Standard radii for custom arch
Maximum width for equal leg arch.
Arch Window Glass Area
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Unit
Number
AFC106
AFC11
AFC12
AFC13
AFC135
AFC14
AFC145
AFC15
AFC155
AFC16
AFC18
AFCW106
AFCW11
AFCW12
AFCW13
AFCW135
AFCW14
AFCW145
AFCW15
0.70
1.60
3.40
5.10
5.80
6.80
7.50
8.50
9.20
10.30
13.80
1.10
2.10
4.20
6.30
7.10
8.40
9.20
10.40
AFCW155
AFCW16
AFCW18
AFCP3006
AFCP301
AFCP302
AFCP303
AFCP3035
AFCP304
AFCP3045
AFCP305
AFCP3055
AFCP306
AFCP308
AFC206
AFC21
AFC22
AFC23
AFC235
11.30
12.50
16.80
1.40
2.80
5.50
8.20
9.30
10.90
12.00
13.60
14.70
16.30
21.80
2.20
4.10
7.80
11.50
13.00
AFC24
AFC245
AFC25
AFC255
AFC26
AFC28
AFCW206
AFCW21
AFCW22
AFCW23
AFCW235
AFCW24
AFCW245
AFCW25
AFCW255
AFCW26
AFCW28
AFFW5006
AFFW501
15.20
16.70
18.90
20.40
22.60
30.20
2.80
5.10
9.50
13.90
15.70
18.30
20.10
22.70
24.60
27.20
36.10
3.20
5.50
AFFW502
AFFW503
AFFW5035
AFFW504
AFFW5045
AFFW505
AFFW5055
AFFW506
AFFW508
AFFW6006
AFFW601
AFFW602
AFFW603
AFFW6035
AFFW604
AFFW6045
AFFW605
AFFW6055
AFFW606
10.30
14.80
16.70
19.50
21.40
24.10
26.10
28.80
38.20
4.40
7.20
12.90
18.50
20.80
24.20
26.50
29.80
32.10
35.50
AFFW608
AFFW8006
AFFW801
AFFW802
AFFW803
AFFW8035
AFFW804
AFFW8045
AFFW805
SE3106
SE311
SE312
SE313
SE3135
SE314
SE3145
SE315
SE3155
SE316
(0.065)
(0.149)
(0.316)
(0.474)
(0.539)
(0.632)
(0.697)
(0.790)
(0.855)
(0.957)
(1.282)
(0.102)
(0.195)
(0.390)
(0.585)
(0.660)
(0.780)
(0.855)
(0.966)
(1.050)
(1.161)
(1.561)
(0.130)
(0.260)
(0.511)
(0.762)
(0.864)
(1.013)
(1.115)
(1.263)
(1.366)
(1.514)
(2.025)
(0.204)
(0.381)
(0.725)
(1.068)
(1.208)
(1.412)
(1.551)
(1.756)
(1.895)
(2.100)
(2.806)
(0.260)
(0.474)
(0.883)
(1.291)
(1.459)
(1.700)
(1.867)
(2.109)
(2.285)
(2.527)
(3.354)
(0.297)
(0.511)
SE5406
SE541
SE542
SE543
SE5435
SE544
SE5445
SE545
SE5455
SE546
SE5806
SE581
SE582
SE583
SE5835
46
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
11.22
13.71
18.74
23.64
25.66
28.64
30.64
33.57
35.61
38.54
12.67
15.33
20.69
25.92
28.08
(1.042)
(1.274)
(1.741)
(2.196)
(2.384)
(2.661)
(2.847)
(3.119)
(3.308)
(3.580)
(1.177)
(1.424)
(1.922)
(2.408)
(2.609)
Unit
Number
SE584
SE5845
SE585
SE5855
SE586
SE6006
SE601
SE602
SE603
SE6035
SE604
SE6045
SE605
SE6055
SP402
46.90
7.30
11.10
18.80
26.40
29.50
34.10
37.10
41.60
3.74
5.10
7.86
10.54
11.65
13.28
14.38
15.98
17.10
18.71
(4.357)
(0.678)
(1.031)
(1.747)
(2.453)
(2.741)
(3.168)
(3.447)
(3.865)
(0.347)
(0.474)
(0.730)
(0.979)
(1.082)
(1.234)
(1.336)
(1.485)
(1.589)
(1.738)
Enhancement Window Glass Area
Springline™ Window Glass Area
Unit
Number
(0.957)
(1.375)
(1.551)
(1.812)
(1.988)
(2.239)
(2.425)
(2.676)
(3.549)
(0.409)
(0.669)
(1.198)
(1.719)
(1.932)
(2.248)
(2.462)
(2.769)
(2.982)
(3.298)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
31.26
33.39
36.51
38.70
41.82
14.01
16.81
22.47
27.98
30.26
33.61
35.86
39.16
41.46
11.62
(2.904)
(3.102)
(3.392)
(3.595)
(3.885)
(1.302)
(1.562)
(2.088)
(2.599)
(2.811)
(3.122)
(3.332)
(3.638)
(3.852)
(1.080)
Unit
Number
SP403
SP4035
SP404
SP4045
SP405
SP4055
SP406
SP8006
SP801
SP802
ELFW6006
ELFW601
ELFW602
ELFW8006
ELFW801
ELFW802
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
15.16
16.63
18.78
20.23
22.35
23.83
25.95
24.98
24.98
36.46
11.58
14.35
19.95
20.88
24.64
32.25
(1.408)
(1.545)
(1.745)
(1.879)
(2.076)
(2.214)
(2.411)
(2.321)
(2.321)
(3.387)
(1.076)
(1.333)
(1.853)
(1.940)
(2.289)
(2.996)
Unit
Number
FCD28
FCD30
FCD34
FCD38
FCCXW3
FCC2
FCCW2
FCFW50
FCFW60
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
0.688
0.540
1.145
0.837
1.241
1.017
2.781
2.571
3.154
(0.064)
(0.050)
(0.106)
(0.078)
(0.115)
(0.094)
(0.258)
(0.239)
(0.293)
Unit
Number
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
GT2036
GT2440
GT3046
GT4056
4.008
5.841
8.783
14.877
(0.372)
(0.543)
(0.816)
(1.382)
QR40
FR40
FR60
9.905
10.217
24.690
(0.920)
(0.949)
(2.294)
OC20
OC24
OC30
2.138
3.118
5.629
(0.199)
(0.290)
(0.523)
Frenchwood
Gliding Patio Doors
®
Section Reference
Table of Basic Sizes ............ 50
Opening Specifications ......... 51
Standard Divided
Light Patterns ...................... 67
Sidelights & Transoms ......... 68
Combination Design ............ 70
Performance Data ............... 75
Combining the beauty of traditional French door styling with space-saving
design, Frenchwood® gliding patio doors ride smoothly and easily on
corrosion-resistant stainless steel and precision ball bearing rollers.
400
Joining Details ..................... 52
Frenchwood®
GlidingPatioDoors
Basic Unit Details ................. 51
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors
®
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
FRAME
FLEXIBLE SEAL
The sill of the
Frenchwood® gliding
patio door with Stormwatch®
protection is reinforced and
has a raised sill design for
increased water resistance.
Additional height on the inside
sill helps resist wind-driven
water penetration. The extruded
aluminum track has a stainless
steel cap that resists stain, rust
and denting. A thermal barrier
reduces conductive heat loss
and checks condensation on
the inside. The sill has an
attractive wear-resistant,
heat-baked finish in a neutral
gray color. Standard frame
depth is 4-9/16''.
A flexible PVC weatherstrip
on the side jambs, and a
pile weatherstrip on the
head, provide a positive seal
between the frame and panels.
PAnEL
Interior frame trim pieces
are clear unfinished pine.
Oak and maple veneer and
prefinished white interior
options are available.
All basic exterior frame
members are covered with a
seamless rigid vinyl (PVC)
sheath that maintains an
attractive appearance while
minimizing maintenance.
Andersen® Frenchwood gliding
patio doors are available in four
neutral colors. Specify White,
Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest
Green color.
For secure installation, head brackets
are attached with five screws
while the sill brackets have
three screws through the sill
into the sub floor.
Exterior
REAcHout LockIng
HARdwARE
A panel stiffener along
the full length of the
meeting stile supports the
stationary panel when it is
under structural pressure.
The exterior of the wood
door panel is protected with a
long-lasting* urethane base
finish in White, Sandtone,
Terratone® or Forest Green color.
Wood frame members are
treated with a water-repellent
preservative for long-lasting*
protection and performance.
A patented full-length
combination weatherstrip/
interlock system provides a
flexible seal at the meeting stile.
Dual ball bearing
rollers have
deep grooves to increase
engagement with the
roll guide and resist
lateral movement.
The unique Andersen reachout
locking system pulls the door
panel snugly into the jamb
for weathertightness
and enhanced
security.
Operating panels
have a full-length
stiffener bar on the edge
of the meeting stile. The
panel stiffener matches
the interior wood species
of the patio door for
enhanced appearance.
Panel interior surfaces
are unfinished clear pine.
Unfinished oak and maple
veneers are available as
options. Low-maintenance
prefinished white interiors
are also available on units
with White exteriors.
A parting stop bracket
adds strength to the
door by adding resistance to
high wind pressures on
the operating panel.
Dual corrosion-resistant
ball bearing rollers on door
panels provide smooth gliding
operation with self-contained
leveling adjusters.
MoRtISE-AndtEnon JoIntS
Panel joints are mortiseand-tenon with patented
dowel construction for
maximum strength.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
All panels feature
stainless steel 5-inch
screws to reinforce the joints.
Interior
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and
texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind.
White
Sandtone
®
Terratone
Hardware
Albany
®
ForestGreen
pine
white
oak
maple
Specify a unit exterior color option and an interior finish/veneer option
to complete your order. Prefinished white interiors are only available
on units with white exteriors.
Sold Separately.
Tribeca
®
gold dust
white
black
stone
Anvers
Newbury
®
white
stone
®
Covington
™
Whitmore
®
Encino
Yuma
®
®
bright
brass
bright
brass
bright
brass
bright
brass
distressed
nickel
distressed
nickel
satin
nickel
antique
brass
antique
brass
antique
brass
distressed
bronze
distressed
bronze
oil rubbed
bronze
polished
chrome
oil rubbed
bronze
satin
nickel
brushed
chrome
oil rubbed
bronze
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
Hardware
Finishes
48
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oilrubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
golddust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples.
Sold Separately.
FRAME
HARdwARE
Panels are silicone bed
glazed and finished with an
interior wood stop and an
exterior silicone bead.
Extension Jambs
Exterior Keyed Lock
A six-pin exterior key cylinder lock
is available for all patio doors
in styles and finishes that
coordinate with hardware.
This lock allows the patio
door to be locked and
unlocked from the exterior.
Interior wood stops are
secured using 1-1/2"
16-gauge crown staples instead
of nails. Silicone is also applied
to the full perimeter of the glass
on the interior side of the pane
to add strength and stability.
Standard jamb depth is 4-9/16"
(116). Clear pine, oak or maple
veneer or white interior extension
jambs are available for the
following wall thicknesses:
• 5-1/4" (133)
• 6-9/16" (167)
• 7-1/8" (181)
Consult local building
codes for glass most suitable to
your area. Glass options include:
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-e4® tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-e4® Sun tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-e4® SmartSun™ tempered
glass (PG Upgrade)
• High-Performance
Low-e4® tempered
impact-resistant glass
™
• High-Performance
Low-e4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass
™
• High-Performance™
Low-e4® SmartSun™ tempered
impact-resistant glass
• Monolithic impactresistant glass
• Monolithic tinted
impact-resistant glass
Threshold
An oak or maple threshold
is available for finishing
the interior of the sill on the
Frenchwood® gliding patio doors.
Ramped Sill Insert
Provides smooth transition from
interior to exterior. Can be used
with retractable insect screen,
but cannot be used with gliding
insect screen. (Specifier must
check with local and federal
officials to determine if product
meets accessibility codes.)
Sill Support
An aluminum sill support is
designed to lock into a channel
under the sill and tie back into
the wall. This will offer support
to the outermost sill section
when needed. Available in
neutral gray finish.
InStALLAtIon
AccESSoRIES
See page 6 for information on
Andersen’s extensive array of
installation accessories to help
finish out your installation.
tRAnSoMS
Andersen® Frenchwood® patio
door transoms feature elegant
lines that match our 400 Series
Frenchwood gliding patio doors.
They feature pine, oak, maple or
prefinished white interior options,
plus our four standard exterior
colors. Size information available
on pages 68-69.
Stationary units can also be
selected for use as sidelights.
See size table on page 50 for
size options.
Pg uPgRAdES
Frenchwood®
Gliding Patio Doors
PG Upgrades are available
for select sizes only. Ask your
Andersen supplier for details.
gRILLES
Perma-Clean® Gliding
Insect Screen
The insect screen is available
for both two-panel doors and
four-panel doors (PG Upgrade).
Choose among the following
colors: White, Sandtone,
Terratone® or Forest Green
color baked-on enamel finish.
Patented square corner joint
construction adds considerable
strength to the frame members,
and the long-lasting* glass
fiber screen cloth has a
charcoal finish. Delrin®
injection molded bottom rollers
with self-contained leveling
adjusters provide smooth
operation. Interior and exterior
pulls and latch are provided.
Divided Light Patterns
See page 67 for divided
light patterns or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles.
gLASS
Andersen® Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
are available for sidelights,
transoms and stationary
units. They come in eleven
original patterns, including
four Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details on
Andersen art glass, or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
CAUTION:
SIdELIgHtS
Like the doors they
complement, Andersen
transoms and sidelights are
available with Stormwatch®
protection. Size information
available on pages 68-69.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
InSEct ScREEnS
Perma-Clean® Retractable
Insect Screen
The retractable insect screen
is installed on the exterior of
the door and opens across the
width of the opening. When
the insect screen is not in use,
it neatly retracts into a small
canister mounted on the
exterior of the door. The
retractable insect screen
canister is available for
two-panel patio doors in
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
and Forest Green. Please note,
retractable screen track reduces
clear opening height by 1."
• Painting and staining may
cause damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone®
color may be painted any color lighter
than Terratone using quality oil-base
or latex paint. Submit color samples
to Andersen for approval when
painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should not come
in contact with Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant
the adhesion of paint to vinyl.
* For complete information on our
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
NOTe: Andersen® patio doors are not
intended for use as entrance doors.
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a registered
trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright
Foundation.
"Delrin" is a registered trademark of
e.I. duPont deNemours and Company.
49
400
gLASS
Frenchwood®
GlidingPatioDoors
Accessories
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors
®
Three Basic Unit Heights
Custom Sizes
1 FWG xx68
2 FWG xx611
1/8"
increments
79 1/8" (2010)
8'-0" (2438)
7'-11 1/2" (2426)
66" (1676)
6'-11" (2108)
6'-10 3/8" (2092)
63 1/8" (1603)
(2032)
6'-8"
6'-7 1/2" (2019)
1/8"
Divided Light Patterns
for Patio Doors
Exterior views shown. Arrow indicates direction of panel.
2'-8"
(813)
2'-8 3/4"
4'-11 1/4"
(1505)
5'-0"
4'-11 1/4"
(832)
21 1/8"
(537)
(1524)
21 1/8" 21 1/8"
(537) (537)
(1524)
21 1/8" 21 1/8"
(537) (537)
1 FWG 2968S
2 FWG 29611S
3 FWG 2980S
FWG 5068L
FWG 50611L
FWG 5080L
FWG 5068R
FWG 50611R
FWG 5080R
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
Custom sizes available in
1/8" increments between
the smallest and largest
standard patio door sizes.
Some restrictions apply.
Contact your Andersen
supplier for availability.
3 FWG xx80
Table of Basic Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Unit Dimension
(1505)
5'-0"
Prairie
pattern
In addition to the Colonial grille
patterns shown in the table of
basic unit sizes, other standard
divided light patterns are available.
For examples, see page 67 or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles
Available
in
3 heights
Grille order number:
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
FWG2668 FWG2680
FWG26611
3'-2"
(965)
3'-2 3/4"
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
6'-0"
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
6'-0"
(984)
27 1/8"
(689)
(1829)
27 1/8" 27 1/8"
(689) (689)
(1829)
27 1/8" 27 1/8"
(689) (689)
FWG 6068L
FWG 60611L
FWG 6080L
FWG 6068R
FWG 60611R
FWG 6080R
Available
in
3 heights
1 FWG 3368S
2 FWG 33611S
3 FWG 3380S
4'-2"
Unit Dimension
(1270)
4'-2 3/4"
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
(1289)
39 1/8"
(994)
7'-11 1/4"
(2419)
8'-0"
(2438)
39 1/8"
39 1/8"
(994)
(994)
Grille order number:
FWG3068 FWG3080
FWG30611
7'-11 1/4"
(2419)
8'-0"
(2438)
39 1/8"
39 1/8"
(994)
(994)
Available
in
3 heights
Grille order number:
1 FWG 4368S
2 FWG 43611S
3 FWG 4380S
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FWG 8068L
FWG 80611L
FWG 8080L
FWG 8068R
FWG 80611R
FWG 8080R
FWG4068 FWG4080
FWG40611
Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more information.
“Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
Combinations of door units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer.
When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
When ordering, be sure to specify product type: High-Performance™ Low-E4® impact-resistant, monolithic impact-resistant or PG Upgrade.
For Miami-Dade County installations, please refer to Notice of Acceptance Report.
50
increments
Opening Specifications
Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door 6' 8" Height
Unit
Number
2968
3368
4368
5068
6068
8068
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
—
—
—
—
—
—
11.58
(1.076)
14.72
(1.368)
21.00
(1.951)
Max. Clear Opening In
Full Open Position
in inches (and mm)
Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door 6' 11" Height
Width
Height
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
22-1/8"
( 562)
28-1/8"
(714)
40-1/8"
(1019)
—
—
—
—
—
—
75-3/8"
(1915)
75-3/8"
(1915)
75-3/8"
(1915)
9.26
(0.860)
11.89
(1.105)
17.15
(1.593)
18.52
(1.721)
23.78
(2.209)
34.3
(3.187)
—
—
—
—
—
—
11.58
(1.076)
14.72
(1.368)
21.00
(1.951)
17.67
(1.642)
20.98
(1.949)
27.60
(2.564)
32.71
(3.039)
39.34
(3.655)
52.59
(4.886)
Unit
Number
29611
33611
43611
50611
60611
80611
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
—
—
—
—
—
—
12.04
(1.119)
15.31
(1.422)
21.84
(2.029)
Max. Clear Opening In
Full Open Position
in inches (and mm)
Width
Height
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
22-1/8"
( 562)
28-1/8"
( 714)
40-1/8"
(1019)
—
—
—
—
—
—
78-3/16"
(1987)
78-3/16"
(1987)
78-3/16"
(1987)
9.68
(0.899)
12.43
(1.155)
17.93
(1.666)
19.36
(1.799)
24.86
(2.310)
35.85
(3.331)
—
—
—
—
—
—
12.04
(1.119)
15.31
(1.422)
21.84
(2.029)
18.31
(1.701)
21.74
(2.020)
28.60
(2.657)
33.89
(3.148)
40.76
(3.787)
54.49
(5.062)
3380
4380
5080
6080
8080
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.04
(1.304)
17.85
(1.658)
25.46
(2.365)
Width
Height
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
22-1/8"
(562)
28-1/8"
(714)
40-1/8"
(1019)
—
—
—
—
—
—
91-3/8"
(2321)
91-3/8"
(2321)
91-3/8"
(2321)
11.60
(1.078)
14.90
(1.384)
21.49
(1.996)
23.20
(2.155)
29.80
(2.769)
42.98
(3.993)
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.04
(1.304)
17.85
(1.658)
25.46
(2.365)
21.22
(1.971)
25.20
(2.341)
33.16
(3.081)
39.29
(3.650)
47.25
(4.390)
63.17
(5.869)
400
2980
Max. Clear Opening In
Full Open Position
in inches (and mm)
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Insect
screen
Stationary Panel
Active Panel
5-7/16" (138)
1-5/16"
(33)
Clear Opening
Width
3/8"
(10)
Jamb
Meeting Stile
Jamb
3-1/8"
(79)
3-1/8"
(79)
5-3/8" (137)
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
* 4-9/16" measurement is from backside of flange to inside edge of door frame.
Unit Dimension Height
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
Minimum Rough Opening Height
5-13/16"
(148)
Head
Clear Opening Height
Unit
Number
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
Frenchwood®
GlidingPatioDoors
Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door 8' 0" Height
10-9/16"
(268)
3/8"
(10)
Andersen®
optional oak or
maple threshold
Optional
sill support
Sill
Vertical Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
51
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Doors
®
Sidelight Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
1-5/16" (33)
4-9/16" (116)
Jamb Width*
5-7/16" (138)
5-7/16" (138)
1-3/4" (44)
1-3/4" (44)
4" (102)
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
1" (25)
13/16" (21)
4-9/16" *
(116)*
5-13/16"
(148)
Jamb
Head
3/8" (10)
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
1-5/16"
(33)
3/8" (10)
Horizontal Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
10-9/16"
(268)
Center Line Astragal Dimensions
Center Line 2'-5 5/8" 2'-5 5/8"
Meeting
Stiles (752) (752)
2'-11 5/8" 2'-11 5/8"
(905)
(905)
3'-11 5/8"
(1210)
3'-11 5/8"
(1210)
Sill
Vertical Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more information.
* 4-9/16" measurement is from backside of flange to inside edge of door frame.
• For Miami-Dade county installations, please refer to Notice of Acceptance Report.
5-0 WIDTHS
6-0 WIDTHS
8-0 WIDTHS
Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
3/4" (19)
1-3/8" (35)
1-3/4" (44)
3/4" (19)
1-3/8" (35)
2" (51)
1-3/4" (44)
2" (51)
Andersen® LVL Reinforced Mullion
Support Mullion
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
The sum of individual Unit Dimension
Widths, plus 3/4" (19mm) for each
unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
Sum of individual Unit Dimension Widths,
plus 2" (51mm) for each unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
• Andersen recommends installation of doors into separate rough openings. Consult with an architect or structural engineer regrading minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent door rough openings.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• For Miami-Dade County installations, please refer to Notice of Acceptance Report.
NOTE: See installation information starting on page 6.
CAUTION: In masonry wall construction, provide a minimum of 1/2" clearance from the top of the brick or masonry to the bottom of any portion of the sill. Failure to do so could result in product damage.
Fill the void with closed cell foam backer rod and sealant. Be sure to allow for dimensional change of framework.
52
Frenchwood
Hinged Patio Doors
Inswing
®
Section Reference
Table of Basic Sizes ............ 56
Opening Specifications ......... 57
Basic Unit Details ................. 59
Joining Details ..................... 59
Standard Divided
Light Patterns ...................... 67
Sidelights & Transoms......... 68
Combination Design ............ 70
400
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Inswing
Performance Data ............... 75
True Andersen classics, these patio doors emphasize beauty and
performance. They open inward and, like all Andersen® 400 Series
products, are available with a full range of options and accessories.
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing
®
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
FRame
gLaSS
The sill of the
Frenchwood® hinged
patio door – inswing is made
with three-piece construction.
The subsill is made of vinyl
material, and the sill step is
solid oak or maple. The exterior
sill member is made of extruded
aluminum with an attractive
wear-resistant, corrosionresistant, heat-baked finish
in a neutral color. This
combination of materials
combines durability and low
maintenance with excellent
insulating characteristics.
Panels are
silicone bed and
back glazed and finished with
an interior wood stop and an
exterior silicone bead.
Hinged inswing operating
panels are either left or
right-hand active.
A factory-applied, onepiece compression-type rubber
weatherstrip continues in
one plane around the panel to
provide maximum effectiveness
against water and air infiltration.
The corners of the weatherstrip
are welded to eliminate gaps
between the panel and the
frame/sill shoulder.
All basic exterior frame
members are made of a glass
fiber reinforced composite,
which maintains an attractive
appearance while minimizing
maintenance. Andersen®
Frenchwood hinged patio
doors – inswing are available
in four neutral colors. Specify
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
PaneL
The exterior of the wood
door panel is protected with
a long-lasting* urethane base
finish in White, Sandtone,
Terratone® or Forest Green color.
Panel interior surfaces
are unfinished clear pine.
Unfinished oak and maple
veneers are available as options.
Low-maintenance prefinished
white interiors are also available
on units with White exteriors.
The exterior frame members
are attached to a water-repellent
preservative-treated wood
subframe for long-lasting*
protection and performance.
exterior
On active/passive
door configurations,
a five-point lock features
stainless steel latches that
engage into the sill, head
jamb and passive panel
for added security and
performance.
Consult local building
codes for glass most suitable
to your area. Glass options
include:
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered impactresistant glass
adJuStabLe HingeS
The subframe is grooved to
accept extension jambs.
Five-Point
Locking SyStem
Adjustable hinges have ball
bearing pivots for smooth,
frictionless movement. Features
easy horizontal and vertical
adjustment, plus quick release
feature for easy panel removal.
Brass tone finish is standard
on wood interior
doors. For
units with
a white
prefinished
interior, white
finish hinges
are standard. Also available in
factory-applied finishes that
coordinate with hardware.
Hardware is sold separately.
moRtiSe-andtenon JointS
Mortise-and-tenon joints
help prevent panel sag and
maintain smooth operation.
All panels feature
stainless steel 5-inch
screws to reinforce the joints.
* For complete information on our limited
warranties, visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
interior
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and
texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind.
Specify a unit exterior color option and an interior finish/veneer option to complete
your order. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors.
White
Sandtone
Terratone
®
Hardware
Albany
®
gold dust
black
white
stone
ForestGreen
pine
white
oak
maple
Sold Separately.
Tribeca
®
Anvers
Newbury
®
white
stone
®
bright
brass
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
Covington
™
Whitmore
®
bright
brass
antique
brass
oil rubbed
bronze
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
Encino
Yuma
®
bright
brass
antique
brass
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
®
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
Hardware
Finishes
bright
brass
54
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oilrubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
golddust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples.
Sold Separately.
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb depth is 4-9/16''
(119). Clear pine, oak or maple
veneer or white interior extension
jambs are available for the
following wall thicknesses:
• 5-1/4'' (133)
• 6-9/16'' (167)
• 7-1/8'' (181)
Bright brass, antique brass,
polished chrome, oil rubbed
bronze, brushed chrome and
satin nickel strike plate
extensions are available
for single hinge doors.
Exterior extension jamb system
is available for the following
wall thicknesses:
• 5-1/4'' (133)
• 6-9/16'' (167)
• 7-9/16'' (192)
In walls over 4-1/2'' (114),
the exterior sill extender and
exterior extension jamb system
allow the unit to be installed
flush to the interior, so the
hinged doors will open flat
against the interior wall.
Colored to match the exterior
of the finished unit, this system
provides a low-maintenance,
finished exterior appearance.
An extended double insect
screen track is available for
double-jamb hinged doors
that require gliding insect
screens. Exterior jamb kits
are available with or without
the double-insect screen track.
Threshold
An oak or maple threshold
is available for finishing the
interior of the sill.
PaneL
inSect ScReenS
Sill Support
An aluminum sill support is
designed to lock into a channel
under the sill and tie back into
the wall. This will offer support
to the outermost sill section
when needed. Available in
neutral gray finish.
Ramped Sill Insert
Provides smooth transition
from interior to exterior. Cannot
be used with insect screen.
Not available on outswing
door. (Specifier must check
with local and federal officials
to determine if product meets
accessibility codes.)
Frenchwood® Hinged
Patio Doors - Inswing
PG Upgrades are available
for select sizes only. Ask your
Andersen supplier for details.
Panel Stop
This hinged door panel stop
helps prevent wall damage
when opening the inswing
door. Available in finishes that
coordinate with hardware.
inStaLLation
acceSSoRieS
Hinged Insect Screen
Available for single-panel doors.
Handle Extension Kit
Extends interior door handle an
additional 1'' (25) from the door
panel to accommodate interior
blinds or shades. Kit includes
one handle extender and spindle.
A second extender may be added
to the spindle to increase the
length an additional 1'' (25)
(2'' (51) total extension). See
page 63 for photo.
Hinges
A variety of hinge finishes
are available factory-applied,
or for after-market installation.
Finish options coordinate with
handle hardware and are
available in bright brass,
antique brass, polished chrome,
brushed chrome, satin nickel,
oil rubbed bronze, distressed
nickel, and distressed bronze.
See page 6 for information on
Andersen’s extensive array of
installation accessories to help
finish out your installation.
gRiLLeS
Divided Light Patterns
See page 67 for divided
light patterns or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles.
HaRdwaRe
Exterior Keyed Lock
A six-pin exterior key cylinder lock
is available for all patio doors
in styles and finishes that
coordinate with hardware.
This lock allows the patio
door to be locked and
unlocked from the exterior.
See page 63 for photo.
Pg uPgRadeS
Double Insect Screen Track
An extended insect screen track
is available for double jamb
hinged doors that use gliding
insect screens.
gLaSS
Double-Hinged Insect Screen
Available for two-panel double
jamb hinged doors.
SideLigHtS
and tRanSomS
Andersen® Frenchwood® patio
door sidelights and transoms
feature elegant lines that match
our 400 Series Frenchwood
hinged patio doors. They feature
pine, oak, maple or prefinished
white interior options, plus our
four standard exterior colors.
Like the doors they
complement, Andersen
sidelights and transoms are
available with Stormwatch®
protection. Size information
available on pages 68-69.
Gliding Insect Screen
Available for all two- and
three-panel doors. Features
Delrin® material injection
molded bottom rollers with
self-contained leveling
adjusters. A double insect
screen track kit and two
universal gliding insect screens
are required for installation.
Gliding insect screens are not
available for 4'0'' wide doors.
All insect screens are available
in White, Sandtone, Terratone®
and Forest Green colors.
Andersen® Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
come in eleven original
patterns, including four
Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details on
Andersen art glass, or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Inswing
FRame
400
accessories
CAUTION:
• Painting and staining may cause
damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone®
color may be painted any color lighter
than Terratone using quality oil-base
or latex paint. Submit color samples
to Andersen for approval when
painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should not come
in contact with Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant
the adhesion of paint to vinyl.
NOTE: Andersen® patio doors are not
intended for use as entrance doors.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a
registered trademark of the
Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation.
"Delrin" is a registered trademark of
E.I. duPont deNemours and Company.
55
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing
®
Table of Basic Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Three Basic Unit Heights
Available
in
3 heights
63 1/2" (1613)
Unobstructed Glass
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-1"
(1242)
131/4" 131/4"
(336) (336)
6'-8" (2032)
Minimum
Rough Opening
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-1"
(1242)
131/4" 131/4"
(336) (336)
6'-7 1/2" (2019)
2'-0 1/2"
(620)
2'-1"
(634)
131/4"
(336)
Unit Dimension
4'-11 1/4"
(1504)
5'-0"
(1524)
18 7/8" 18 7/8"
(479) (479)
FWH2768S
FWH27611S
FWH2780S
FWH5068APLR
FWH50611APLR
FWH5080APLR
FWH5068PALR
FWH50611PALR
FWH5080PALR
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
(838)
20 7/8"
(530)
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
(838)
20 7/8"
(530)
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
5'-4"
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
5'-4"
(1626)
20 7/8" 20 7/8"
(530) (530)
(1626)
20 7/8" 20 7/8"
(530) (530)
FWH2968AL
FWH29611AL
FWH2980AL
FWH2968S
FWH29611S
FWH2980S
FWH5468APLR
FWH54611APLR
FWH5480APLR
FWH5468PALR
FWH54611PALR
FWH5480PALR
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
2 FWH xx611
Available
in
3 heights
1 FWH2768AR FWH2768AL
2 FWH27611AR FWH27611AL
3 FWH2780AR FWH2780AL
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(838)
20 7/8"
Unobstructed Glass
(530)
Grille order number:
FWH2768 FWH2780
FWH27611
3 FWH xx80
Custom Sizes
1/8"
increments
Unit Dimension
1/8"
Available
in
3 heights
1 FWH2968AR
2 FWH29611AR
3 FWH2980AR
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed Glass
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
6'-0"
(1829)
24 7/8" 24 7/8"
(632)
(632)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FWH3168S
FWH31611S
FWH3180S
FWH6068APLR
FWH60611APLR
FWH6080APLR
FWH6068PALR
FWH60611PALR
FWH6080PALR
Grille order number:
FWH3168 FWH3180
FWH31611
Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
“Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
Andersen® art glass panels are available for all units on this page.
Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
Combinations of door units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer.
When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
When ordering, be sure to specify product type: High-Performance™ Low-E4® impact-resistant or PG Upgrade.
56
Custom sizes available in
1/8" increments between
the smallest and largest
standard patio door sizes.
Some restrictions apply.
Contact your Andersen
supplier for availability.
Divided Light Patterns
for Patio Doors
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
6'-0"
(1829)
24 7/8" 24 7/8"
(632)
(632)
Available
in
3 heights
FWH3168AL
FWH31611AL
FWH3180AL
increments
Grille order number:
FWH2968 FWH2980
FWH29611
Prairie
pattern
1 FWH3168AR
2 FWH31611AR
3 FWH3180AR
66 3/8" (1686)
4'-11 1/4"
(1504)
5'-0"
(1524)
18 7/8" 18 7/8"
(479) (479)
7'-11 1/2" (2426)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-7"
(787)
18 7/8"
(479)
79 1/2" (2019)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-7"
(787)
18 7/8"
(479)
FWH4168PALR
FWH41611PALR
FWH4180PALR
8'-0" (2438)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-7"
Minimum
Rough Opening
(787)
7/
Unobstructed Glass 18 8"
(479)
Unit Dimension
FWH4168APLR
FWH41611APLR
FWH4180APLR
6'-10 3/8" (2092)
1 FWH2168S
2 FWH21611S
3 FWH2180S
6'-11" (2108)
1 FWH xx68
Grille order numberr :
FWH2168 FWH2180
FWH21611
In addition to the Colonial grille
patterns shown in the table of
basic unit sizes, other standard
divided light patterns are available.
For examples, see page 67 or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles
Opening Specifications
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door – Inswing 6' 8" Height
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
Unit
Number
2768
2968
3168
4168AP/PA
4168AP/PA
(panel closed)
5068AP/PA
5068AP/PA
(panel closed)
5468AP/PA
5468AP/PA
(panel closed)
6068AP/PA
6068AP/PA
(panel closed)
12.98
(1.206)
14.02
(1.303)
16.11
(1.497)
21.43
(1.991)
21.43
(1.991)
27.30
(2.536)
27.30
(2.536)
29.39
(2.730)
29.39
(2.730)
33.58
(3.120)
33.58
(3.120)
Maximum Clear Opening
Width inches (mm)
90°
Full
Height
inches
(mm)
24-13/16"
(630)
26-13/16"
(681)
30-13/16"
(783)
41"
(1039)
19-7/8"
(505)
52-1/4"
(1327)
25-1/2"
(647)
56-1/4"
(1429)
27-1/2"
(698)
64-1/4"
(1632)
31-1/2"
(800)
26"
(660)
28"
(711)
32"
(813)
43-7/8"
(1112)
21-1/16"
(535)
55-1/8"
(1400)
26-11/16"
(678)
59-1/8"
(1502)
28-11/16"
(729)
67-1/8"
(1705)
32-11/16"
(830)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
75-1/4"
(1911)
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door – Inswing 6' 11" Height
Square
Feet
(m2)
Glass
Square
Feet
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit
Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
8.32
(0.773)
9.20
(0.855)
10.96
(1.018)
11.68
(1.085)
11.68
(1.085)
16.64
(1.546)
16.64
(1.546)
18.39
(1.708)
18.39
(1.708)
21.92
(2.036)
21.92
(2.036)
12.98
(1.206)
14.02
(1.303)
16.11
(1.497)
21.43
(1.991)
21.43
(1.991)
27.30
(2.536)
27.30
(2.536)
29.39
(2.730)
29.39
(2.730)
33.58
(3.120)
33.58
(3.120)
16.63
(1.545)
17.74
(1.648)
19.95
(1.853)
26.50
(2.462 )
26.50
(2.462 )
32.71
(3.039)
32.71
(3.039)
34.92
(3.244)
34.92
(3.244)
39.34
(3.655)
39.34
(3.655)
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
Unit
Number
27611
29611
31611
41611AP/PA
41611AP/PA
(panel closed)
50611AP/PA
50611AP/PA
(panel closed)
54611AP/PA
54611AP/PA
(panel closed)
60611AP/PA
60611AP/PA
(panel closed)
13.48
(1.252)
14.55
(1.352)
16.72
(1.553)
22.24
(2.066)
22.24
(2.066)
28.34
(2.633)
28.34
(2.633)
30.51
(2.834)
30.51
(2.834)
34.86
(3.239)
34.86
(3.239)
Maximum Clear Opening
Width inches (mm)
90°
Full
Height
inches
(mm)
24-13/16"
(630)
26-13/16"
(681)
30-13/16"
(783)
41"
(1039)
19-7/8"
(505)
52-1/4"
(1327)
25-1/2"
(647)
56-1/4"
(1429)
27-1/2"
(698)
64-1/4"
(1632)
31-1/2"
(800)
26"
(660)
28"
(711)
32"
(813)
43-7/8"
(1112)
21-1/16"
(535)
55-1/8"
(1400)
26-11/16"
(678)
59-1/8"
(1502)
28-11/16"
(729)
67-1/8"
(1705)
32-11/16"
(830)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
78-1/8"
(1984)
Square
Feet
(m2)
Glass
Square
Feet
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit
Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
8.69
(0.807)
9.61
(0.893)
11.45
(1.064)
12.20
(1.133)
12.20
(1.133)
17.38
(1.615)
17.38
(1.615)
19.22
(1.786)
19.22
(1.786)
22.91
(2.128)
22.91
(2.128)
13.48
(1.252)
14.55
(1.352)
16.72
(1.553)
22.24
(2.066)
22.24
(2.066)
28.34
(2.633)
28.34
(2.633)
30.51
(2.834)
30.51
(2.834)
34.86
(3.239)
34.86
(3.239)
17.21
(1.599)
18.36
(1.706)
20.64
(1.918)
27.46
(2.551)
27.46
(2.551)
33.89
(3.148)
33.89
(3.148)
36.18
(3.361)
36.18
(3.361)
40.76
(3.787)
40.76
(3.787)
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Inswing
400
Clear Opening Height
Clear Opening Dimensions Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Head
1/2" (13)
1-11/16" (43)
Sill
Vertical Section
Active
Astragal
Passive
Clear Opg. Width 90°
Clear Opening Width
Full Open Position
Horizontal Section
Active / Passive Panels Open
57
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing
®
Opening Specifications
Unit Identification
Units viewed from the exterior
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door – Inswing 8' 0" Height
Unit
Number
2780
2980
3180
4180AP/PA
4180AP/PA
(panel closed)
5080AP/PA
5080AP/PA
(panel closed)
5480AP/PA
5480AP/PA
(panel closed)
6080AP/PA
6080AP/PA
(panel closed)
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Clear
Opening
15.73
(1.461)
17.00
(1.579)
19.54
(1.815)
25.98
(2.414)
25.98
(2.414)
33.11
(3.076)
33.11
(3.076)
35.64
(3.311)
35.64
(3.311)
40.71
(3.782)
40.71
(3.782)
Maximum Clear Opening
Width inches (mm)
90°
Full
Height
inches
(mm)
24-13/16"
(630)
26-13/16"
(681)
30-13/16"
(783)
41"
(1039)
19-7/8"
(505)
52-1/4"
(1327)
25-1/2"
(647)
56-1/4"
(1429)
27-1/2"
(698)
64-1/4"
(1632)
31-1/2"
(800)
26"
(660)
28"
(711)
32"
(813)
43-7/8"
(1112)
21-1/16"
(535)
55-1/8"
(1400)
26-11/16"
(678)
59-1/8"
(1502)
28-11/16"
(729)
67-1/8"
(1705)
32-11/16"
(830)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
91-1/4"
(2318)
Square
Feet
(m2)
Glass
Square
Feet
(m2) Vent
Overall
Unit
Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
10.41
(0.967)
11.52
(1.070)
13.72
(1.275)
14.62
(1.358)
14.62
(1.358)
20.82
(1.934)
20.82
(1.934)
23.03
(2.140)
23.03
(2.140)
27.44
(2.549)
27.44
(2.549)
15.73
(1.461)
17.00
(1.579)
19.54
(1.815)
25.98
(2.414)
25.98
(2.414)
33.11
(3.076)
33.11
(3.076)
35.64
(3.311)
35.64
(3.311)
40.71
(3.782)
40.71
(3.782)
19.98
(1.856)
21.31
(1.980)
23.96
(2.226)
31.83
(2.957)
31.83
(2.957)
39.30
(3.651)
39.30
(3.651)
41.95
(3.897)
41.95
(3.897)
47.25
(4.390)
47.25
(4.390)
Basic Hinging
Left Hinged
Right Hinged
Stationary Panel
Hinges mounted
on the left side
of the panel.
Hinges mounted
on the right side
of the panel.
Non-operating panel.
Double Jamb Hinged Door
Active Panel
Passive Panel
The operating panel
most often used.
The operating panel
with astragal attached.
Order Designation Description
Clear Opening Dimensions Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
FWH
Frenchwood®
hinged door
(Inswing)
6068
A P L R
Active
Left
panel
hinged
Door
Passive
Right
rough opg.
panel
hinged
Center Line Astragal Dimensions
4-1 WIDTHS
5-0 WIDTHS
5-4 WIDTHS
6-0 WIDTHS
Active
Astragal
Clear Opg. Width 90°
Clear Opening Width
Full Open Position
Horizontal Section
Active Panel Open
58
Passive
2'-0"
(610)
2'-0"
(610)
2'-5 5/8" 2'-5 5/8"
(752)
(752)
2'-7 5/8" 2'-7 5/8"
(803)
(803)
2'-11 5/8" 2'-11 5/8"
(897)
(897)
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Insect screen door
Jamb
3/8" (10)
Andersen exterior
extension jamb
Metro™ Collection,
Tribeca® handle
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
Head
Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Andersen®
exterior
extension jamb
Optional
oak or maple
threshold
Jamb
3/8" (10)
Andersen
sill extender
Optional
sill support
Sill
Vertical Section
Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width
1" (25)
2" (51)
Unit Dim. Width
1" (25)
Unit Dim. Width
2" (51)
3/4" (19)
Andersen® LVL Reinforced Mullion
Support Mullion
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
The sum of individual Unit Dimension
Widths, plus 3/4" (19mm) for each
unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
Sum of individual Unit Dimension Widths,
plus 2" (51mm) for each unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
400
1" (25)
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Inswing
3/4" (19)
1" (25)
Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding minimum requirements for structural support members between adjacent door rough openings.
Ramped Sill Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Note:
Cannot be used with insect screen.
8
1
1/2"
(13)
1-7/16"
(37)
1/4"
(6)
Vertical Section—Ramped Sill
59
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing
®
Basic Unit Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Stationary Panel
Active Panel
5-5/8" (143)
Passive Panel
5-1/8" (130)
5-1/8" (130)
5-5/8" (143)
1" (25)
Jamb
3/8"
(10)
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Andersen
double screen
track kit
3/8"
(10)
Horizontal Section
Stationary Panel
1" (25)
Astragal
Jamb
50*= 2' 5-5/8" (752)
54*= 2' 7-5/8" (803)
60*= 2' 11-5/8" (905)
Horizontal Section
Double Jamb Hinged Door
‡ Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps,
flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
Suggested Product Applications Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Interior Extension Jambs
The use of interior extension jambs or drywall return will restrict panel operation on
jamb hinged doors. Jamb hinged patio doors must be installed flush to the interior to
achieve full panel operation.
Andersen®
rigid vinyl
3/4" (19)
"h" channel
Extend and attach
vapor barrier to
unit frame
(by others)
Full panel
operation
Installed flush
to interior wall
Head
Exterior trim and
flashing by others
Rough Opening Height
3/8"
(10)
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dimension Height
Restricted panel
operation
Optional Andersen®
extension jambs
Remove
flashing flange
at head and jamb
Metro™ Collection,
Tribeca® handle
3/8" (10)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
* These dimensions relate to location of astragal center line.
2" x 3" (51 x 76)
prefinished
break metal
closure "L"
(by others)
Jamb
50*= 2' 5-5/8" (752)
54*= 2' 7-5/8" (803)
60*= 2' 11-5/8" (905)
Unit Dimension Width
3/8" (10)
3/4" x 3-1/2"
(19 x 89)
vinyl trim board
CL
Jamb hinged patio door in 2" x 6" wall
without extension jambs
Jamb hinged patio door in 2" x 6"
wall with extension jambs
Jamb
Andersen
optional
insect screen
Andersen
optional oak or
maple threshold
Andersen
optional PVC spacer
and sill extension
3/4" (19)
Optional
sill support
Sill
2" x 6" Wall
Detail showing unit installed in a 2 x 6 stud wall
60
Proper installation and maintenance of Andersen products is essential to attain optimum performance and operation.
Written installation instructions which provide guidelines for proper installation are typically provided with Andersen products.
They are also available from your local Andersen supplier or by visiting andersenwindows.com. Remember that every installation
is different, and Andersen strongly recommends consultation with the local supplier or an experienced contractor, architect or
structural engineer prior to the installation of any Andersen product. The method of attachment for Andersen products, fastener
selection and code compliance is the responsibility of the architect, building owner, contractor, installer and/or consumer. For
complete installation details, refer to “Product Installation Details” at andersenwindows.com or contact your Andersen supplier.
NOTE: See installation information starting on page 6.
CAUTION: In masonry wall construction, provide a minimum of 1/2" clearance from the top of the brick or masonry to
the bottom of any portion of the sill. Failure to do so could result in product damage. Fill the void with closed cell foam
backer rod and silicone sealant. Be sure to allow for dimensional change of framework.
Frenchwood
Hinged Patio Doors
Outswing
®
Section Reference
Table of Basic Sizes ............ 64
Opening Specifications ......... 65
Basic Unit Details ................. 65
Joining Details ..................... 66
Standard Divided
Light Patterns ...................... 67
Sidelights & Transoms......... 68
Combination Design ............ 70
400
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
Performance Data ............... 75
Built to function beautifully, these doors can save up to 28 square feet
of interior space. They feature quick-release removable panels for ease
of installation and finishing.
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing
®
Features
Lighthouse icon indicates Stormwatch protection.
®
FRame
gLaSS
Hinged outswing operating
panels are available in either
single left- or right-hand active
or two panel active/passive
jamb hinges.
The 1-1/4'' (32) sill has a
thermal break to help keep heat
and cold out. The panels and
frame have superior strength
and insulating properties and
an attractive, wear-resistant,
corrosion-resistant,* heatbaked, low-maintenance finish.
All basic exterior frame
members are glass fiber
reinforced composite, which
maintains an attractive
appearance while minimizing
maintenance. Andersen®
Frenchwood® hinged patio
doors – outswing are available
in four neutral colors. Specify
White, Sandtone, Terratone®
or Forest Green color.
PaneL
The exterior of the wood
door panel is protected with a
long-lasting* urethane base
finish in White, Sandtone,
Terratone® or Forest Green color.
The frame members
are attached to a waterrepellent preservative-treated
wood subframe for longlasting* protection and
performance. The subframe
is grooved to accept
extension jambs.
Panel interior surfaces
are unfinished clear pine.
Unfinished oak and maple
veneers are available as
options. Low-maintenance
prefinished white interiors
are also available on units
with White exteriors.
exterior
Five-Point
Locking
SyStem
Panels are silicone bed
glazed and finished with
an interior wood stop and
an exterior silicone bead.
On active/passive
door configurations,
a five-point lock features
stainless steel latches that
engage into the sill, head jamb
and passive panel for added
security and performance.
The interior wood
stops are secured
using 1-1/2'' 16-gauge crown
staples instead of nails.
A factory-applied,
one-piece, compression-type
rubber weatherstrip continues in
one plane around the panel to
provide maximum effectiveness
against water and air
infiltration. The corners of the
weatherstrip are welded to
eliminate gaps between the
panel and the frame/sill
shoulder. The weatherstripping
creates a strong, long-lasting*
seal that stands up to harsh
weather. The weatherstripping
is directly attached to the panel,
not to the frame.
Consult local
building codes for
glass most suitable to your
area. Glass options include:
moRtiSe-and
-tenon JointS
Mortise-and-tenon joints
help prevent panel sag and
maintain smooth operation.
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered glass
(PG Upgrade)
• Standard High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered glass (PG Upgrade)
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® Sun tempered
impact-resistant glass
• High-Performance™
Low-E4® SmartSun™
tempered impactresistant glass
• Monolithic impactresistant glass
• Monolithic tinted
impact-resistant glass
The ball bearing hinges
are covered with a corrosionresistant powder-coat finish.
All hinges are color-matched
to the panel exterior and can
be adjusted up/down and
left/right after installation.
interior
All panels feature
stainless steel 5-inch
screws to reinforce the joints.
* For complete information
on our limited warranties,
visit andersenwindows.com
or contact your Andersen supplier.
Naturally occurring variations in grain, color and
texture make each wood door panel one-of-a-kind.
Specify a unit exterior color option and an interior finish/veneer option to complete
your order. Prefinished white interiors are only available on units with white exteriors.
White
Sandtone
®
Terratone
Hardware
Albany
®
gold dust
black
white
stone
white
ForestGreen
pine
oak
maple
Sold Separately.
Tribeca
®
Anvers
Newbury
®
white
stone
®
bright
brass
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
Covington
™
Whitmore
®
bright
brass
antique
brass
oil rubbed
bronze
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
Encino
Yuma
®
bright
brass
antique
brass
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
®
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
satin
nickel
oil rubbed
bronze
Hardware
Finishes
62
bright
brass
antique
brass
polished
chrome
brushed
chrome
satin
nickel
oilrubbed
bronze
distressed
nickel
distressed
bronze
white
stone
golddust
black
Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication.
See your Andersen supplier for actual color samples.
HaRdwaRe
inSect ScReen
Extension Jambs
Standard jamb depth is 4-9/16''
(119). Clear pine, oak or maple
veneer or white interior extension
jambs are available for the
following wall thicknesses:
• 5-1/4'' (133)
• 6-9/16'' (167)
• 7-1/8'' (181)
Removable Panels
Removable panels simplify
finishing and allow for easy
storage during construction.
The panel release tabs on the
hinge are covered with a cap
for a clean appearance.
The panels can be easily
removed with the unique
panel release tab on the
hinge. This release feature
is ideal for transporting
large units up stairs or to
other hard-to-reach areas.
Sill Support
An aluminum sill support is
designed to lock into a channel
under the sill and tie back into
the wall. This will offer support
to the outermost sill section
when needed. Available in
neutral gray finish.
Sill Step
The Frenchwood® outswing
door offers an optional oak
or maple sill step.
gLaSS
Andersen® Art Glass
Andersen art glass panels
come in eleven original
patterns, including four
Frank Lloyd Wright ® series
designs. See the Andersen ®
Product Guide for details
on Andersen art glass or visit
andersenwindows.com/artglass
for pattern information.
inStaLLation
acceSSoRieS
See page 6 for information on
Andersen’s extensive array of
installation accessories to help
finish out your installation.
Pg UPgRadeS
Exterior Keyed Lock
A six-pin exterior key cylinder
lock is available for all patio
doors in finishes that coordinate
with hardware. This lock allows
the patio door to be locked and
unlocked from the exterior.
Handle Extension Kit
Extends interior door handle an
additional 1'' (25) from the door
panel to accommodate interior
blinds or shades. Kit includes
one handle extender and spindle.
A second extender may be added
to the spindle to increase the
length an additional 1'' (25)
(2'' (51) total extension).
Perma-Clean® Retractable
Insect Screen
The retractable insect screen
is installed on the interior of
the door across the width of
the opening. When the insect
screen is not in use, it neatly
retracts into small canisters
mounted on each side of the
door. Retractable insect screens
are available for single-panel
and two-panel doors with
white frame/canister finish.
Please note, retractable screen
track reduces clear opening
height by 1''.
SideLigHtS
and tRanSomS
CAUTION:
gRiLLeS
Divided Light Patterns
See page 67 for divided
light patterns or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles.
Frenchwood® Hinged
Patio Doors - Outswing
PG Upgrades are available
for select sizes only. Ask your
Andersen supplier for details.
Andersen Frenchwood patio
door sidelights and transoms
feature elegant lines that match
our 400 Series Frenchwood
hinged patio doors. They feature
pine, oak, maple or prefinished
white interior options, plus our
four standard exterior colors.
Like the doors they
complement, Andersen
sidelights and transoms are
available with Stormwatch®
protection. Size information
available on pages 68-69.
• Painting and staining may
cause damage to rigid vinyl.
• Products in Sandtone or Terratone®
color may be painted any color
lighter than Terratone using quality
oil-base or latex paint. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting White. Submit color
samples to Andersen for approval
when painting Sandtone or Terratone
any color darker than Terratone.
• Do not paint Forest Green exteriors.
• Creosote-based stains should
not come in contact with
Andersen products.
• Do not paint weatherstripping.
• Abrasive cleaners or solutions
containing corrosive solvents should
not be used on Andersen products.
• For vinyl painting instructions
and preparation, contact your
Andersen supplier.
• Andersen does not warrant
the adhesion of paint to vinyl.
400
FRame
Sold Separately.
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
accessories
NOTE: Andersen® patio doors are not
intended for use as entrance doors.
“Frank Lloyd Wright” is a registered
trademark of the Frank Lloyd Wright
Foundation.
Learn more online at
andersenwindows.com
63
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing
®
Three Basic Unit Heights
Custom Sizes
1 FWO xx68
1/8"
2 FWO xx611
increments
Custom sizes available in
1/8" increments between
the smallest and largest
standard patio door sizes.
Some restrictions apply.
Contact your Andersen
supplier for availability.
increments
79 1/2" (2019)
8'-0" (2438)
7'-11 1/2" (2426)
66 3/8" (1686)
6'-11" (2108)
6'-10 3/8" (2092)
63 1/2" (1613)
6'-8" (2032)
6'-7 1/2" (2019)
1/8"
3 FWO xx80
Divided Light Patterns
for Patio Doors
Table of Basic Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed
Glass
2'-01/2"
(620)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-0"
(1219)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
4'-11 1/4"
(1504)
4'-11 1/4"
(1504)
2'-1"
(634)
131/4"
4'-1"
(1242)
4'-1"
(1242)
2'-7"
(787)
2'-7"
(787)
2'-7"
(787)
5'-0"
(1524)
5'-0"
(1524)
131/4"131/4"
(336) (336)
131/4"131/4"
(336) (336)
187/8"
(479)
187/8"
(479)
187/8"
(479)
187/8" 187/8"
(479) (479)
187/8" 187/8"
(479) (479)
(336)
Prairie
pattern
In addition to the Colonial grille
patterns shown in the table of
basic unit sizes, other standard
divided light patterns are available.
For examples, see page 67 or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles
Available
in
3 heights
1 FWO 2168S FWO 4168APLR FWO 4168PALR FWO 2768AR FWO 2768AL FWO 2768S FWO 5068APLR FWO 5068PALR
2 FWO 21611S FWO 41611APLR FWO 41611PALR FWO 27611AR FWO 27611AL FWO 27611S FWO 50611APLR FWO 50611PALR
3 FWO 2180S FWO 4180APLR FWO 4180PALR FWO 2780AR FWO 2780AL FWO 2780S FWO 5080APLR FWO 5080PALR
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
(838)
207/8"
(530)
Unobstructed
Glass
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
(838)
207/8"
(530)
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
2'-9"
(838)
207/8"
(530)
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
5'-4"
5'-4"
(1626)
207/8" 207/8"
(1626)
207/8" 207/8"
(530)
(530)
(530)
Grille order number:
FWH2168 FWH2768 FWH2180 FWH2780
FWH21611 FWH27611
Center Line Astragal Dimensions
4-1 WIDTHS
(530)
5-0 WIDTHS
Available
in
3 heights
5-4 WIDTHS
6-0 WIDTHS
1 FWO 2968AR FWO 2968AL FWO 2968S FWO 5468APLR
2 FWO 29611AR FWO 29611AL FWO 29611S FWO 54611APLR
3 FWO 2980AR FWO 2980AL FWO 2980S FWO 5480APLR
Unit Dimension
Minimum
Rough Opening
Unobstructed
Glass
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
3'-1"
(940)
24 7/8"
(632)
5'-11 1/4"
FWO 5468PALR
FWO 54611PALR
FWO 5480PALR
Grille order number:
FWH2968 FWH2980
FWH29611
2'-0"
(610)
2'-0"
(610)
2'-5 5/8" 2'-5 5/8"
(752)
(752)
2'-7 5/8" 2'-7 5/8"
(803)
(803)
2'-11 5/8" 2'-11 5/8"
(897)
(897)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
(1810)
6'-0"
(1829)
24 7/8" 24 7/8"
(632)
(632)
6'-0"
(1829)
24 7/8" 24 7/8"
(632)
(632)
FWO 6068APLR
FWO 60611APLR
FWO 6080APLR
FWO 6068PALR
FWO 60611PALR
FWO 6080PALR
Order Designation Description
Available
in
3 heights
1 FWO 3168AR FWO 3168AL FWO 3168S
2 FWO 31611AR FWO 31611AL FWO 31611S
3 FWO 3180AR FWO 3180AL FWO 3180S
Grille order number:
FWH3168 FWH3180
FWH31611
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items.
See page 7 for more details.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Andersen® art glass panels are available for all units on this page.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• Combinations of door units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
• When ordering, be sure to specify product type: High-Performance™ Low-E4® impact-resistant, monolithic impact-resistant or PG Upgrade.
• For Miami-Dade County installations, please refer to Notice of Acceptance Report.
64
FWO
Frenchwood®
Outswing Door
6068
A P L R
Active
panel
Door
rough opg.
Left
hinged
Passive
panel
Right
hinged
Unit Identification Units viewed from the exterior
Opening Specifications
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Door – Outswing 6' 8" Height
®
Maximum Clear Opening
Unit
Number
2768
2968
3168
4168AP/PA
4168AP/PA
(panel closed)
5068AP/PA
5068A/PA
(panel closed)
5468AP/PA
5468AP/PA
(panel closed)
6068AP/PA
6068AP/PA
(panel closed)
Sq. Ft. (m2)
Clear
Opening
13.34
(1.239)
14.40
(1.338)
16.53
(1.536)
21.98
(2.042)
21.98
(2.042)
27.95
(2.597)
27.95
(2.597)
30.08
(2.795)
30.08
(2.795)
34.33
(3.189)
34.33
(3.189)
90°
Full
Height
inches
(mm)
25-1/8"
(637)
27-1/8"
(688)
31-1/8"
(790)
41-7/16"
(1053)
19-3/8"
(492)
52-5/8"
(1337)
25"
(635)
56-5/8"
(1438)
27"
(685)
64-5/8"
(1641)
31"
(787)
26-11/16"
(678)
28-11/16"
(729)
32-11/16"
(830)
44-5/8"
(1133)
20-7/8"
(530)
55-13/16"
(1418)
26-1/2"
(673)
59-13/16"
(1519)
28-1/2"
(723)
67-13/16"
(1723)
32-1/2"
(826)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
76-1/2"
(1943)
Width inches (mm)
Basic Hinging
Glass
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Vent
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Overall Unit
Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
8.32
(0.773)
9.20
(0.855)
10.96
(1.018)
11.67
(1.084)
11.67
(1.084)
16.64
(1.546)
16.64
(1.546)
18.39
(1.708)
18.39
(1.708)
21.92
(2.036)
21.92
(2.036)
13.34
(1.239)
14.40
(1.338)
16.53
(1.536)
21.98
(2.042)
21.98
(2.042)
27.95
(2.597)
27.95
(2.597)
30.08
(2.795)
30.08
(2.795)
34.33
(3.189)
34.33
(3.189)
16.62
(1.544)
17.72
(1.646)
19.93
(1.852)
26.48
(2.460)
26.48
(2.460)
32.68
(3.036)
32.68
(3.036)
34.89
(3.241)
34.89
(3.241)
39.30
(3.651)
39.30
(3.651)
Double Jamb Hinged Door
Left Hinged
Right Hinged
Active Panel Passive Panel
Hinges mounted
on the left side
of the panel.
Hinges mounted
on the right side
of the panel.
The operating
panel most
often used.
Stationary
The operating
Panel
panel with astragal Non-operating
attached.
panel.
Basic Unit and Rough Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Tribeca® handle
hardware
Andersen® optional
retractable insect screen
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door – Outswing 6' 11" Height
(panel closed)
50611AP/PA
50611A/PA
(panel closed)
54611AP/PA
54611P/PA
(panel closed)
60611AP/PA
60611AP/PA
(panel closed)
8.69
(0.807)
9.61
(0.893)
11.45
(1.064)
12.20
(1.133)
12.20
(1.133)
17.38
(1.615)
17.38
(1.615)
19.22
(1.786)
19.22
(1.786)
22.91
(2.128)
22.91
(2.128)
13.84
(1.286)
14.94
(1.388)
17.15
(1.593)
22.80
(2.118)
22.80
(2.118)
29.00
(2.694)
29.00
(2.694)
31.21
(2.900)
31.21
(2.900)
35.62
(3.309)
35.62
(3.309)
17.22
(1.600)
18.36
(1.706)
20.65
(1.918)
27.44
(2.549)
27.44
(2.549)
33.87
(3.147)
33.87
(3.147)
36.15
(3.358)
36.15
(3.358)
40.73
(3.784)
40.73
(3.784)
Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door – Outswing 8' 0" Height
2780
2980
3180
4180/PA
4180/PA
5080AP/PA
5080AP/PA
(panel closed)
5480AP/PA
5480AP/PA
(panel closed)
6080AP/PA
6080AP/PA
(panel closed)
16.13
(1.499)
17.42
(1.618)
19.99
(1.857)
26.57
(2.468)
26.57
(2.468)
33.80
(3.140)
33.80
(3.140)
36.37
(3.379)
36.37
(3.379)
41.51
(3.856)
41.51
(3.856)
25-1/8"
(637)
27-1/8"
(688)
31-1/8"
(790)
41-7/16"
(1053)
19-3/8"
(492)
52-5/8"
(1337)
25"
(635)
56-5/8"
(1438)
27"
(685)
64-5/8"
(1641)
31"
(787)
26-11/16"
(678)
28-11/16"
(729)
32-11/16"
(830)
44-5/8"
(1133)
20-7/8"
(530)
55-13/16"
(1418)
26-1/2"
(673)
59-13/16"
(1519)
28-1/2"
(723)
67-13/16"
(1723)
32-1/2"
(826)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
92-1/2"
(2350)
10.41
(0.967)
11.52
(1.070)
13.72
(1.275)
14.62
(1.358)
14.62
(1.358)
20.82
(1.934)
20.82
(1.934)
23.03
(2.140)
23.03
(2.140)
27.44
(2.549)
27.44
(2.549)
16.13
(1.499)
17.42
(1.618)
19.99
(1.857)
26.57
(2.468)
26.57
(2.468)
33.80
(3.140)
33.80
(3.140)
36.37
(3.379)
36.37
(3.379)
41.51
(3.856)
41.51
(3.856)
19.96
(1.854)
21.29
(1.978)
23.94
(2.224)
31.81
(2.955)
31.81
(2.955)
39.27
(3.648)
39.27
(3.648)
41.92
(3.894)
41.92
(3.894)
47.22
(4.387)
47.22
(4.387)
Jamb
Jamb
Unit Dimension Width
3/8" (10)
3/8" (10)
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
Andersen®
optional
retractable
insect
screen
Head
400
41611AP/PA
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
79-3/8"
(2016)
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
41611AP/PA
26-11/16"
(678)
28-11/16"
(729)
32-11/16"
(830)
44-5/8"
(1133)
20-7/8"
(530)
55-13/16"
(1418)
26-1/2"
(673)
59-13/16"
(1519)
28-1/2"
(723)
67-13/16"
(1723)
32-1/2"
(826)
Clear Opening Height
31611
25-1/8”
(637)
27-1/8"
(688)
31-1/8"
(790)
41-7/16"
(1053)
19-3/8"
(492)
52-5/8"
(1337)
25"
(635)
56-5/8"
(1438)
27"
(685)
64-5/8"
(1641)
31"
(787)
Unit Dimension Height
29611
13.84
(1.286)
14.94
(1.388)
17.15
(1.593)
22.80
(2.118)
22.80
(2.118)
29.00
(2.694)
29.00
(2.694)
31.21
(2.900)
31.21
(2.900)
35.62
(3.309)
35.62
(3.309)
Rough Opening Height
27611
Optional
Sill Support
Sill
Vertical Section
High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
65
Frenchwood Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing
®
Clear Opening Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
Clear Opening Width
Full Open Position
1-3/4" (44)
Clear Opening Height
Clear Opg. Width 90°
Door at full clear
opening position
Active
Head
Passive
Astragal
1-1/4" (32)
Door at 90° clear
opening position
Sill
Vertical Section
Horizontal Section — Two Panel Door
Active Panel Open
Clear Opening Width Full Open Position
1-3/4" (44)
1-3/4" (44)
Clear Opening Width 90°
Door at full clear
opening position
1-3/4"
(44)
Passive
Active
Clear Opening Width Full Open Position
Clear Opening Width 90°
1-3/4"
(44)
Jamb
Jamb
Door at 90° clear
opening position
Horizontal Section — Single Panel Door
Horizontal Section — Two Panel Door
Active / Passive Panels Open
Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
2-3/4" (70)
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width
3/4" (19)
3-3/4" (95)
Unit Dim. Width
Unit Dim. Width
2" (51)
Andersen® LVL Reinforced Mullion
Support Mullion
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
The sum of individual Unit Dimension
Widths, plus 3/4" (19mm) for each
unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
Overall Unit Dimension Width:
Sum of individual Unit Dimension Widths,
plus 2" (51mm) for each unit joining.
Overall Rough Opening Width:
Add 3/4" (19mm) to Overall
Unit Dimension Width.
66
• Consult with an architect or structural engineer regarding
minimum requirements for structural support members
between adjacent door rough openings.
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow
for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets,
fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• For Miami-Dade County installations, please refer to
Notice of Acceptance Report.
CAUTION: In masonry wall construction, provide a minimum of 1/2"
clearance from the top of the brick or masonry to the bottom of any
portion of the sill. Failure to do so could result in product damage.
Fill the void with closed cell foam backer rod and sealant. Be sure
to allow for dimensional change of framework.
NOTE: See installation information starting on page 6.
Standard Divided Light Patterns for All Frenchwood® Patio Doors
Unit Number
Colonial
Modified
Colonial *
Tall
Fractional *
Short
Fractional *
Prairie A
FWH 2168 FWH 21611
FWO 2168 FWO 21611
FWH 2768
FWH 2968
FWH 3168
FWO 2768
FWO 2968
FWO 3168
FWG 2968
FWG 3368
FWH 27611
FWH 29611
FWH 31611
FWO 27611
FWO 29611
FWO 31611
FWG 29611
FWG 33611
FWG 4368 FWG43611
Specified Equal Light Examples
FWH 2180
FWO 2180
Custom Pattern Examples
FWH 2980
FWH 3380
FWO 2980
FWO 3380
Specified equal light and custom
patterns are also available. For
more information on Andersen
divided light, see page 2-3 or visit
andersenwindows.com/grilles.
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
FWH 2780
FWH 3180
FWO 2780
FWO 3180
400
FWH 4380
FWO 4380
* Also available with
a 2-1/4" grille to
simulate a check rail.
67
Frenchwood Patio Door Sidelights & Transoms
®
Table of Basic Sidelight and Transom Unit Sizes Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" (1:96)
1'-2 13/16"
(376)
1'-6 13/16"
(478)
2'-0 1/2"
(622)
2'-6 1/8"
(765)
2'-8 1/8"
(816)
3'-0 1/8"
(918)
4'-0"
(1219)
4'-11 1/4"
(1505)
5'-3 1/4"
(1607)
5'-11 1/4"
(1810)
Rough Opening
1'-3 1/2"
(394)
1'-7 1/2"
(495)
2'-1"
(635)
2'-7"
(787)
2'-9"
(838)
3'-1"
(940)
4'-1"
(1245)
5'-0"
(1524)
5'-4"
(1626)
6'-0"
(1829)
Unobstructed Glass
6 3/8"
(162)
10 3/8"
(264)
13 5/16"
(338)
18 15/16"
(481)
20 15/16"
(532)
24 15/16"
(633)
36 13/16"
(935)
48 1/16"
(1221)
52 1/16"
(1322)
60 1/16"
(1526)
135/16" 135/16"
(338) (338)
1815/16" 1815/16"
(481) (481)
2015/16" 2015/16"
(532) (532)
FWT4111
FWT5011
FWT5411
FWT6011
FWT-2-4111
FWT-2-5011
FWT-2-5411
FWT-2-6011
FWT4116
FWT5016
FWT5416
FWT6016
FWT-2-4116
FWT-2-5016
FWT-2-5416
FWT-2-6016
FWT41110
FWT50110
FWT54110
FWT60110
FWT-2-41110
FWT-2-50110
FWT-2-54110
FWT-2-60110
Unit Dimension
4 3/8"
(111)
9 3/8"
(238)
9 3/8"
(238)
13 3/8"
(340)
13 3/8"
(340)
63 7/16"
(1611)
FWSLT1311
FWSLT1316
FWSLT1711
FWSLT1716
FWSLT13110 FWSLT17110
FWSL1368
FWSL1768
FWSL13611
FWSL17611
FWSL1380
FWSL1780
FWT2111
FWT2116
FWT21110
FWT2711
FWT2716
FWT27110
FWT2911
FWT2916
FWT29110
FWT3111
FWT3116
FWT31110
79 7/16"
(2018)
66 5/16"
(1684)
4 3/8"
(111)
1'-1 1/2" 1'-1 1/2"
(343)
(343)
1'-6 1/2"
(470)
1'-6 1/2"
(470)
1'-10 1/2"
(572)
1'-10 1/2"
(572)
6'-8"
(2032)
8'-0"
(2438)
6'-11"
(2108)
1'-0 13/16" 1'-0 13/16"
(325)
(325)
1'-5 13/16"
(452)
1'-5 13/16"
(452)
1'-9 13/16"
(554)
1'-9 13/16"
(554)
7'-11 1/2"
(2426)
6'-10 3/8"
(2092)
6'-7 1/2"
(2019)
Unobstructed Glass
(2-wide units)
• Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning, brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
• Andersen® art glass panels are available for all units on this page.
• “Unit Dimension” always refers to outside frame to frame dimension.
• Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters.
• Combinations of door units joined together may require horizontal or vertical reinforcement. This reinforcement should be specified by a professional engineer.
• When ordering, be sure to specify color desired: White, Sandtone, Terratone® or Forest Green.
68
2415/16"
(633)
2415/16"
(633)
Typical Sidelight and Transom Patio Door Combinations
FWO3168
FWSL1768 FWSL1768
FWT6016
FWG 60611
FWT-2-54110
FWO5468
FWSLT1316 FWT-2-4116 FWSLT1316
FWSL1368 FWO4168 FWSL1368
FWSLT1716 FWT3116
FWSL1780 FWO3180
FWT31110
FWO3180
FWT-2-60110
FWO6080
FWT31110
FWO3180
Sidelight and Transom Joining Details Scale 1-1/2" = 1'-0" (1:8)
3/4" (19)
Metro™ Collection,
Tribeca® handle
1" (25)
Head
1" (25)
3/4" (19)
1" (25)
3/8" (10)
Unit Dimension Width
Unit Dimension Width
3/8" (10)
Overall Unit Dimension Width
Minimum Rough Opening Width
Horizontal Section Sidelight
Rough opening dimensions may need to be increased to allow for use of building wraps, flashing, sill panning,
brackets, fasteners or other items. See page 7 for more details.
Frenchwood® Door Sidelight Transoms
Andersen®
optional
oak or maple
threshold
3/4" (19)
Optional
sill support
Vertical Section Transom
Frenchwood® Door Sidelights
FWSL 1368
FWSL 1768
FWSL 13611
FWSL 17611
FWSL 1380
FWSL 1780
Glass Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
2.82
4.58
2.95
4.79
3.53
5.74
(0.262)
(0.426)
(0.274)
(0.445)
(0.328)
(0.533)
FWSLT 1311
FWSLT 1316
FWSLT 13110
FWSLT 1711
FWSLT 1716
FWSLT 17110
Glass Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
0.20
0.42
0.60
0.32
0.68
0.97
(0.018)
(0.039)
(0.055)
(0.030)
(0.063)
(0.090)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
1.32
1.83
2.24
1.67
2.33
2.85
(0.122)
(0.170)
(0.208)
(0.156)
(0.216)
(0.265)
Frenchwood® Door Transoms
Simulated Astragal
Sill
Unit Number
Unit Number
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
8.18
10.39
8.47
10.76
9.82
12.48
(0.760)
(0.965)
(0.787)
(1.000)
(0.913)
(0.159)
Unit Number
Glass Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
FWT-2 4111
FWT-2 4116
FWT-2 41110
FWT-2 5011
FWT-2 5016
FWT-2 50110
FWT-2 5411
FWT-2 5416
FWT-2 54110
FWT-2 6011
FWT-2 6016
FWT-2 60110
0.82
1.74
2.49
1.16
2.48
3.53
1.28
2.74
3.91
1.53
3.26
4.65
4.27
5.94
7.27
5.27
7.33
8.98
5.63
7.82
9.58
6.34
8.81
10.79
(0.076)
(0.162)
(0.231)
(0.108)
(0.230)
(0.328)
(0.119)
(0.255)
(0.363)
(0.142)
(0.303)
(0.432)
(0.397)
(0.552)
(0.675)
(0.490)
(0.681)
(0.834)
(0.523)
(0.727)
(0.890)
(0.589)
(0.819)
(1.003)
Frenchwood® Door Transoms
Unit Number
Glass Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
Overall Unit Area
Sq. Ft.
(m2)
FWT 2111
FWT 2116
FWT 21110
FWT 2711
FWT 2716
FWT 27110
FWT 2911
FWT 2916
FWT 29110
FWT 3111
FWT 3116
FWT 31110
FWT 4111
FWT 4116
FWT 41110
FWT 5011
FWT 5016
FWT 50110
FWT 5411
FWT 5416
FWT 54110
FWT 6011
FWT 6016
FWT 60110
0.41
0.87
1.24
0.58
1.24
1.77
0.64
1.37
1.95
0.76
1.63
2.33
1.13
2.41
3.43
1.47
3.14
4.48
1.59
3.40
4.85
1.84
3.93
5.60
2.18
3.03
3.71
2.68
3.73
4.56
2.86
3.97
4.87
3.21
4.47
5.47
4.27
5.94
7.27
5.27
7.33
8.98
5.63
7.82
9.58
6.34
8.81
10.79
(0.038)
(0.081)
(0.116)
(0.054)
(0.115)
(0.164)
(0.060)
(0.127)
(0.181)
(0.071)
(0.152)
(0.216)
(0.105)
(0.224)
(0.319)
(0.137)
(0.292)
(0.416)
(0.148)
(0.316)
(0.451)
(0.171)
(0.365)
(0.520)
(0.203)
(0.282)
(0.345)
(0.249)
(0.346)
(0.424)
(0.266)
(0.369)
(0.452)
(0.299)
(0.415)
(0.508)
(0.397)
(0.552)
(0.675)
(0.490)
(0.681)
(0.834)
(0.523)
(0.727)
(0.890)
(0.589)
(0.819)
(1.003)
69
400
Head
Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
Unit Dimension Height
Overall Unit Dimension Height
Minimum Rough Opening Height
Unit Dimension Height
1" (25)
Combination Design
Andersen® Joining Materials and Installation Accessories
For successful installation that is designed to provide the required pressure performance, it is important that genuine
Andersen® joining materials and installation accessories be specified by the project architect or contractor.
Andersen offers several types of joining materials. Each creates a joining system that maintains the authentic
look of Andersen products. The details below give a brief overview of some materials. Reinforced joining materials
are recommended for use with units with impact-resistant glass. Choose the type appropriate for your combination design.
The addition of joining materials may affect the overall rough opening dimension for your combination. Refer to the
appropriate product section in this guide to determine rough opening dimensions. Review complete written installation
guides available from your local Andersen supplier or find them on our website at www.andersenwindows.com.
Reinforced Joining Materials
Materials vary depending on wind load requirements. The structural performance of any combination is only as high as the lowest structural performance
of any individual unit or join in the combination.
Reinforced joining materials are used to create unit alignment, positive joining and load transfer between the Andersen units and the rough opening. These
materials provide added strength capable of withstanding a variety of wind load pressures while maintaining the classic Andersen appearance. Reinforced
joining materials are positioned between the jambs and fastened to the rough opening structure.
Exterior trim strip
Exterior trim strip
Exterior trim strip
Aluminum joining material
Steel joining material
LVL joining material
End plate
End bracket
Aluminum Joining System*
Steel Joining System*
The aluminum mullion/transom material is
available in two lengths: 6'-0-3/32" and 7'-8".
High-quality aluminum provides increased
stiffness and is anodized for corrosion resistance.
The aluminum joining stays within the basic jamb
of the Andersen window so the interior casing
can be used without extension jambs. Adjacent
window units attach to the aluminum joining
with screws provided in the kit. For use with
casement, awning and specialty units.
The steel mullion/transom material is available
in three lengths: 8'-0-1/4", 9'-6" and 12'-6".
It is treated for corrosion resistance. The steel
mullion/transom attaches to adjacent units with
screws provided in the kit. For use with casement,
awning, double-hung and specialty windows.
NOTE: Installation clips must be used on most
units with impact-resistant glass.
Installation clip
Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL)
Joining System
LVL joining material is available for both
windows and patio doors. 4-9/16" x 3/4"
and 6-9/16" x 3/4 LVL is available for
windows. All LVL joining material includes
an aluminum exterior trim retainer. LVL
materials are available in a variety of
lengths up to 10'-0".
NOTE: Installation clips must be used on units
with impact-resistant glass.
*See
the Andersen® Product Guide for aluminum and steel joining tables and additional reinforcing information.
Components used with each joining system kit will vary depending on units to be joined. Check with your Andersen supplier for more information.
Review complete written installation guides available from your local Andersen supplier or find them on our website at www.andersenwindows.com.
Andersen Exterior Trim Strips - A variety of trim strips for finishing the joint between the joined units are available in colors to match the Andersen units.
Andersen Interior Wood Casing - Available in several wood types, sizes and style options including laminated arch casings and decorative plinth and key blocks.
70
Combination Design - Casement, Awning and Flexiframe Windows
®
Design Wind Load – Use the table below if the values for aluminum reinforced
A
joining material will provide adequate resistance to wind load.
Joining Method: Aluminum Reinforced
C
B
Type of Combination: 1-Way or 2-Way
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
For Combining: 400 Series Casement, 400 Series Awning, 400 Series Flexiframe® Windows
C
A
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 1"
40
33
23
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 6"
40
36
25
20
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 1"
40
40
28
22
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
40
40
32
24
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 1"
40
40
34
27
19
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
40
40
38
30
21
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
40
40
40
33
23
18
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
40
40
40
36
25
20
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
40
40
40
40
28
22
16
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
40
40
40
40
30
24
18
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
40
40
40
40
34
27
20
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
31
23
19
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
36
26
22
17
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
33
26
21
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
33
27
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
34
27
For a mullion joint with a continuous jamb on both sides,
multiply the PSF by 1.4.
C = (mullion length)
3' 1''
3' 6''
4' 1''
4' 6''
5' 1''
5' 6''
6' 1''
6' 6''
7' 1''
7' 8''
NOTE: When exceeding 40 PSF design load, verify that the
individual units meet the wind load performance criteria.
or less
X
B
Aluminum Reinforced Joining Material
E = 10 x 106 psi, I (AXIS x - x) = .59 in4
6061-T6 Aluminum
X
NOTE: For a mullion joint with a continuous jamb
on one side, multiply the PSF by 1.2.
Design Wind Load – Examples for calculating joined unit structural performance.
Use the table below if the values for steel reinforced joining material will provide
adequate resistance to wind load.
Joining Method: Steel Reinforced
A
C
B
Type of Combination: 1-Way or 2-Way
C
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
For Combining: 400 Series Casement, 400 Series Awning, 400 Series Flexiframe® Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 12' 6"
40
33
28
23
17
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 12' 1"
40
35
30
25
19
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 11' 6"
40
35
31
27
20
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 11' 1"
40
37
33
28
21
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 10' 6"
40
38
35
29
22
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 10' 1"
40
40
36
31
24
19
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 6"
40
40
37
32
25
21
16
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 1"
40
40
38
34
28
22
17
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 6"
40
40
39
36
29
23
18
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 1"
40
40
40
37
30
25
19
16
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
40
40
40
40
32
27
21
17
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 1"
40
40
40
40
35
28
23
19
16
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
32
25
22
18
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
35
26
24
19
17
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
39
27
26
22
19
14
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
40
28
28
23
21
16
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
33
33
26
22
19
16
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
37
32
26
22
19
16
14
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
35
29
25
22
18
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
38
35
28
25
22
19
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
36
31
26
22
16
13
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
37
32
28
20
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
37
34
30
C = (mullion length)
5' 1''
5' 6''
6' 1''
6' 6''
7' 1''
7' 6''
8' 1''
8' 6''
9' 1''
or less
A
B
4" x 3/16" Steel Reinforced Joining Material
E = 29 x 106 psi, I (AXIS x - x) = 1.0 in4
A36 hot rolled steel
X
X
NOTE: For a mullion joint with a continuous jamb
on one side, multiply the PSF by 1.2.
For a mullion joint with a continuous jamb on both sides,
multiply the PSF by 1.4.
NOTE: When exceeding 40 PSF design load, verify that the
individual units meet the wind load performance criteria.
NOTE: The structural performance of any
combination is only as high as the lowest
structural performance of any individual
unit or join in the combination.
9' 6'' 10' 1'' 10' 6'' 11' 1'' 11' 6'' 12' 1'' 12' 6''
71
Combination Design
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: LVL Reinforced
Type of Combination: 1-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Casement,
400 Series Awning, 400 Series Flexiframe® Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
82
70
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
82
71
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
82
72
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
82
75
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
82
79
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
82
82
5' 6''
6' 1''
C = (mullion length)
or less
A
B
A
B
C
C
4-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
A
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: LVL Reinforced
Type of Combination: 2-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Casement,
400 Series Awning, 400 Series Flexiframe® Windows
C
C
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 0"
65
51
41
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
70
56
45
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 0"
70
62
50
41
34
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
70
68
55
46
38
33
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 0"
70
70
62
51
43
37
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
70
70
70
59
40
42
36
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 0"
70
70
70
69
38
49
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
70
70
70
70
34
59
51
4' 0''
4' 6''
5' 0''
5' 6''
6' 0''
6' 6''
7' 0''
C = (mullion length)
or less
B
A
B
4-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: LVL Reinforced
Type of Combination: 2-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Casement, 400 Series Awning, 400 Series Flexiframe® Windows
A + B ÷ 2 = 10' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
38
32
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 1"
82
75
63
56
49
45
39
33
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
82
75
63
57
50
46
40
34
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
82
75
64
58
51
47
41
35
29
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
82
77
66
60
54
50
44
37
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
82
79
68
63
56
52
46
39
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
82
82
73
67
60
56
50
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
82
82
77
71
64
60
53
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
82
82
82
79
71
67
60
52
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
82
82
82
82
78
74
66
57
47
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
78
68
56
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
79
66
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
6' 1''
6' 6''
7' 1''
7' 6''
8' 1''
8' 6''
9' 1''
C = (mullion length)
72
or less
9' 6'' 10' 1''
C
A
B
C
A
B
6-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
NOTE: The structural performance of any combination is only as high as the
lowest structural performance of any individual unit or join in the combination.
• 2-way joining of units must be jobsite assembled within the rough opening.
• When using this joining material, 6-9/16" minimum wall thickness is required.
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: LVL Reinforced
Type of Combination: 1-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Woodwright® Full-Frame Double-Hung,
400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung, 400 Series Picture Window,
400 Series Double-Hung Transom
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
82
70
62
50
40
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
82
71
63
51
42
33
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
82
72
64
53
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
82
75
68
56
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
82
79
71
59
49
39
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
82
82
78
65
54
44
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
82
82
82
72
59
48
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
82
82
82
82
70
57
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
82
82
82
82
81
66
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 1"
82
82
82
82
82
82
5' 6''
6' 1''
6' 6''
7' 1''
7' 6''
8'
C = (mullion length)
or less
4 9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
A
B
A
B
A
C
C
B
C
NOTE: The structural performance of any combination is only as high as the
lowest structural performance of any individual unit or join in the combination.
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: LVL Reinforced
Type of Combination: 2-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Woodwright® Full-Frame Double-Hung,
400 Series Tilt-Wash Double-Hung, 400 Series Picture Window,
400 Series Double-Hung Transom
A + B ÷ 2 = 10' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 9' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
24
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 1"
82
75
63
56
48
44
37
31
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
82
75
63
56
48
44
38
32
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 1"
82
75
63
56
49
45
39
33
26
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
82
75
63
57
50
46
40
34
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 1"
82
75
64
58
51
47
41
35
29
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
82
77
66
60
54
50
44
37
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 1"
82
79
68
63
56
52
46
39
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
82
82
73
67
60
56
50
43
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 1"
82
82
77
71
64
60
53
46
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
82
82
82
79
71
67
60
52
42
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 1"
82
82
82
82
78
74
66
57
47
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 6"
82
82
82
82
82
82
78
68
56
A + B ÷ 2 = 2' 1"
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
79
66
82
82
A + B ÷ 2 = 1' 6"
C = (mullion length)
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
6' 1''
6' 6''
7' 1''
7' 6''
8' 1''
8' 6''
9' 1''
or less
9' 6'' 10' 1''
A
C
B
B
C
A
6-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
NOTE: The structural performance of any combination is only as high as the
lowest structural performance of any individual unit or join in the combination.
73
Combination Design - Patio Doors
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: 4-9/16" LVL Reinforced Joining System
Type of Combination: 1-Way and 2-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors,
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing, 400 Series Frenchwood®
Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing, 400 Series Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelights,
400 Series Frenchwood® Patio Door Transoms
T ab le 9
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 0"
30
27
25
23
21
20
18
17
16
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 9"
31
29
26
24
22
21
19
17
8'16
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
32
29
27
25
23
21
19
18
Max17
15
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 3"
33
30
27
25
23
21
20
19
17
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 0"
34
31
29
24
24
22
21
19
17
16
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 9"
35
32
29
27
25
23
21
19
18
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
36
33
31
28
26
24
22
20
19
17
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 3"
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
18
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 0"
39
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
20
19
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 9"
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
42
38
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
20
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 3"
43
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
23
21
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 0"
45
42
39
35
33
30
27
25
23
22
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 9"
47
44
40
37
34
31
29
27
25
50
46
42
39
35
33
30
28
8'
Max26
23
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 3"
53
49
45
41
37
35
32
29
27
25
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 0"
56
51
47
43
39
37
33
31
29
27
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 9"
59
54
50
46
52
39
35
33
30
28
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
63
57
53
49
45
41
38
32
30
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 3"
67
62
57
52
48
44
41
33
32
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 0"
73
67
61
56
51
47
43
35
378'
Max
40
37
34
7' 9''
8' 0''
8' 3''
8' 6''
8' 9''
9' 0''
9' 3''
C = (mullion length)
or less
T ab le 10
9' 6''
4-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
24
9' 9'' 10' 0''
AVERAGE ADJACENT UNIT DIMENSION
Joining Method: 6-9/16" LVL Reinforced Joining System
Type of Combination: 2-Way
For Combining: 400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Doors, 400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged
Patio Doors - Inswing, 400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing, 400 Series Frenchwood®
Patio Door Sidelights, 400 Series Frenchwood® Patio Door Transoms
10'
A + B ÷ 2 = 8' 0"
45
43
43
41
41
40
37
36
Max35
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 9"
46
45
44
43
42
41
38
37
37
35
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 6"
47
46
45
44
43
42
39
38
37
37
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 3"
49
47
47
45
44
43
40
39
39
38
A + B ÷ 2 = 7' 0"
50
49
48
47
45
45
41
41
40
39
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 9"
51
51
49
48
47
46
43
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 6"
53
52
51
50
49
47
44
43
42
41
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 3"
55
54
53
51
50
49
46
45
44
43
A + B ÷ 2 = 6' 0"
57
56
55
53
52
51
47
47
45
45
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 9"
59
58
57
55
54
53
49
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 6"
62
61
59
57
56
55
51
51
49
49
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 3"
65
63
61
60
59
57
53
53
51
51
A + B ÷ 2 = 5' 0"
67
66
64
63
61
60
56
55
54
53
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 9"
71
69
67
65
64
63
59
57
57
55
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 6"
74
73
71
69
67
65
62
61
59
58
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 3"
77
76
75
73
71
69
65
64
63
61
A + B ÷ 2 = 4' 0"
77
77
77
77
75
73
69
67
66
65
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 9"
77
77
77
77
77
77
73
72
70
69
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 6"
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
76
75
A 73
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 3"
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
A + B ÷ 2 = 3' 0"
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
7' 9''
8' 0''
8' 3''
8' 6''
8' 9''
9' 0''
9' 3''
9' 6''
C = (mullion length)
74
or less
T42ab le4111
T49ab le4711
C
40
6-9/16'' x 3/4''
LVL Reinforced Joining Material
47
9' 9'' 10' 0''
C
A
B
A
B
NOTE: The structural performance of any combination
is only as high as the lowest structural performance
of any individual unit or join in the combination.
A
PeRFoRMAnCe STAnDARDS
CeRTIFICATIon
The Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA), The American Architectural Manufactures Association (AAMA) and the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) have jointly released
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S. 2/A440-08; North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
Windows, Doors and Skylights, which calls for using “Performance Grade" as the new rating to
describe products that comply to the standard. This new version dated “-08” has been adopted
by the 2009 International Building Code (IBC) and the International Residential Code (IRC).
Hallmark Certification
Performance Grade ratings are being used to replace Design Pressure Ratings as the
preferred method of measuring product performance throughout the window, door and
skylight industry to define products that comply with all of the requirements of the
101/I.S. 2/A440 standard.
A product only achieves a “Performance Grade” or “PG” rating if that product complies with
not only the structural loading requirement, but all other performance requirements such as air
infiltration resistance, water penetration resistance, ease of operation and resistance to forced
entry. A “Design Pressure Rating” or “DP” rating will now describe a product rating that has only
been tested to structural loading and not air infiltration, water testing or other requirements for
Performance Grade.
The Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA) sponsored Hallmark Certification
Program is designed to provide builders, architects, specifiers and consumers with an easily
recognizable means of identifying products that have been manufactured in accordance
with the appropriate WDMA and other referenced performance standards. Conformance is
determined by periodic in-plant inspections by a third-party administrator. The inspections
include auditing licensee quality control procedures and processes, and a review to confirm
products are manufactured in accordance with the appropriate performance standards.
Periodic testing of representative product constructions and components by a third-party
testing laboratory is also required. When all of the program requirements are met, the
licensee is authorized to use the WDMA Hallmark registered logo on the Certification Label
as a means of identifying products.
Products successfully obtaining Hallmark Certification will be labeled with a 3-part code,
which includes performance class, performance grade and maximum size tested.
Below is a sample certification label:
Performance Classes
This Standard/Specification defines requirements for four performance classes. The
performance classes are designated R, LC, CW, and AW. This classification system
provides for several levels of performance. Product selection is always based on the
performance requirements of the particular project.
WINDOW AND DOOR
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
www.wdma.com
Elements of Performance Grade (PG) designations
In order to qualify for a given performance grade (PG), test specimens need to pass all
required performance tests for the following, in addition to all required auxiliary (durability) tests
(not shown here) for the applicable product type and desired performance class:
(a) Operating force (if applicable): Minimum and maximum operating force vary by product type
and performance class.
(b) Air leakage resistance: tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a test pressure of 1.57 PSF.
The allowable air infiltration for R, LC & CW is 0.3 cubic feet per minute per square foot of frame
(cfm/ft2).
(c) Water penetration resistance: tested in accordance with ASTM E547 with the specified test
pressure applied per AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08. The test consists of four cycles. Each
cycle consists of five minutes with pressure applied and one minute with the pressure released,
during which the water spray is continuously applied. The water spray shall be uniformly applied
at a constant rate of 5.0 U.S. gal/ft2 • hr.
(d) Uniform load deflection test: tested in accordance with ASTM E330 for both positive and
negative pressure (pressure defined by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08) with the load
maintained for a period of 60 seconds. After loads are removed there shall be no more permanent
deformation in excess of 0.4% of its span and no damage to the unit which would make it
inoperable.
(e) Uniform load structural test: tested in accordance with ASTM E330 for both positive and
negative pressure (pressure defined by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08) with
the load maintained for a period of 10 seconds. After loads are removed there shall be
no damage to the unit which would make it inoperable.
(f) Forced-entry resistance (if applicable): tested in accordance with ASTM F588
(Windows), F476 (Swinging Doors) and F842 (Sliding Doors) at a performance level 10 rating.
Starting with the 2008 specification, design pressure (DP) will only represent the “uniform
load deflection test.”
Maximum size tested (MST)
Test size is a factor in determining compliance with this Standard/Specification.
Each product type and class has a defined minimum set of requirements. The
minimum test size increases with each class (i.e. R, LC, CW or AW).
Minimum Requirements
The minimum requirements to obtain a Performance Grade (PG) are listed below:
Product
Performance
Class
Minimum
Performance Grade
(PG) (PSF)
Windows and Doors
R
LC
CW
AW
Minimum Design
Pressure
(DP) (PSF)
15
25
30
40
Minimum Structural
Test Pressure (STP)*
(PSF)
15
25
30
40
Minimum Water
Penetration Test
Pressure (WTP)#
(PSF)
22.5
37.5
45.0
60.0
2.90
3.75
4.50
8.00
Manufacturer stipulates conformance to the applicable standards
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE RATING
CLASS R(1) – PG 50(2) – SIZE TESTED 35.5 X 72.5(3)
DP+50/-65 psf (4)
TESTED TO:
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05&08
(1) – Performance Class
(2) – Performance Grade
(3) – Size Tested
(4) – Design Pressure
In the example above, the performance class is an R, the performance grade (PG) is 50 PSF
and the size tested is 35.5” x 72.5”. What this means to the specifier is, based on the optional
higher performance grade chart, the laboratory tested air infiltration was less than 0.3 cfm/ft2 (test
pressure is always 1.57 PSF and the allowable airflow is 0.3 cfm/ft2), the product tested successfully resisted a laboratory water penetration test at a test pressure of 7.5 PSF (test pressure equals
15% of PG), the product tested successfully withstood a laboratory positive and negative structural
test at a pressure of 75 PSF (test pressure equals 150% of performance grade) in both the positive
and negative directions and the product tested passed the laboratory requirements for operational
force and forced entry resistance. In addition to the minimum requirements of a PG 50, the tested
product successfully passed a laboratory negative structural test of 97.5 PSF (test pressure equals
150% of performance grade) which yields a negative design pressure of 65 PSF. Based on this test,
all products smaller in both width and height can be labeled with this product performance rating.
Important
Building codes prescribe design pressures (DP) based on a variety of criteria (i.e. windspeed zone,
building height, etc., therefore structural test pressures should not be used for code compliance.
In the example above, a PG 50 performance grade rating, which passes a 50 PSF design pressure,
should be used for determining code compliance, not the structural test pressure of 75 PSF.
If you need further details about how Andersen® products perform to this standard,
contact your Andersen supplier.
If you need further information about the AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 standard
or the Hallmark Certification Program please contact: WDMA, 401 N. Michigan Avenue,
Suite 2200 Chicago, Il 60611 Phone: 312-321-6802 Web: wdma.com
Where designated, Andersen products are tested, certified and labeled to the requirements
of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations
in manufacturing, shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use.
Monolithic iMpact-Resistant Glass
Optional Higher Performance Grades (PG) and corresponding
test pressures (PSF)
WTP
DP
STP
Air
400 SERIES CASEMENT WINDOW
PG20
PG25
PG30
PG35
PG40
PG45
PG50
PG55
PG60
3.00
20
30.0
0.3
3.75
25
37.5
0.3
4.50
30
45.0
0.3
5.25
35
52.5
0.3
6.00
40
60.0
0.3
6.75
45
67.5
0.3
7.50
50
75.0
0.3
8.25
55
82.5
0.3
9.00
60
90.0
0.3
Andersen products with Stormwatch protection with monolithic impact-resistant glass
have been tested to: Miami-Dade County test protocols TAS-201, TAS-202 and TAS-203.
Test units were subjected to two impacts of an 8' 2x4 weighing 9 pounds, traveling
50 feet per second (approximately 34 mph). After being impacted the units were
then subjected to 4,500 positive and 4,500 negative wind loading cycles.
The forced entry resistance (FER) is always a performance level 10 regardless of performance grade (PG).
Operating Force — Minimum and maximum operating force varies by product type and performance class but
does not change by performance grade (PG).
* STP is 150% of the performance grade (PG) for windows and doors.
# Water test pressure is 15% of the performance grade (PF).
75
Performance Data
andersen® 400 series products with stormwatch® protection
Design pressure, air infiltration and sound
transmission Ratings
400 series products with pG Upgrade
For units with High-Performance™ Low-E4® Non-Impact Glass
For units with High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant Glass
Andersen® Product
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/IS2/A440-08
Performance Grade* (PG) Rating†
Class CW-PG70
400 Series Casement Window
Size Tested 31.5 x 71.9 in, DP+70/-70
Class CW-PG60
400 Series Awning Window
Size Tested 59.8 x 31.5 in, DP+60/-65
400 Series Casement and
Class LC-PG70
Awning Picture Window
Size Tested 71.5 x 59.9 in, DP+70/-70
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Class LC-PG50
Double-Hung Window
Size Tested 45.6 x 76.9 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Class LC-PG50
Double-Hung Picture Window
Size Tested 67.3 x 76.9 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Class LC-PG50
Double-Hung Transom Window Size Tested 45.6 x 39.3 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG70
400 Series Specialty Window
Size Tested 71.5 x 59.9 in, DP+70/-70
Class LC-PG50
400 Series Flexiframe® Window Size Tested 120 x 60 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
400 Series Springline™ Window Size Tested 120 x 60 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door
Class LC-PG50
One Panel - FWG4380
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWG8080
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door–Outswing
Class LC-PG50
One Panel - FWO3080
Size Tested 71.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWO6068
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWO6080
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door–Inswing
Class LC-PG50
One Panel - FWH3168
Size Tested 71.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWH6068
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWH6080
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Fixed Patio Door–Sidelight and Transom
Class LC-PG50
Sidelight - 1780
Size Tested 18.8 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
Class LC-PG50
Transom - 60110
Size Tested 71.3 x 21.8 in, DP+50/-65
Sound
Trans.
Class
(STC)^
Outdoor/
Indoor
Trans.
Class
(OITC)^
30
26
30
26
35
30
32
28
33
29
33
28
35
30
35
29
N/A
N/A
35
28
31
28
Andersen Product
®
Outdoor/
Indoor
Trans.
Class
(OITC)^
26
22
26
21
32
28
33
29
31
26
31
26
31
26
31
26
31
26
Class CW-PG70
Size Tested 31.5 x 71.9 in, DP+70/-70
Class CW-PG60
400 Series Awning Window
Size Tested 59.8 x 31.5 in, DP+60/-60
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Class LC-PG50
Double-Hung Window
Size Tested 45.6 x 76.9 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Tilt-Wash
Class LC-PG50
Double-Hung Transom Window Size Tested 45.6 x 39.3 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door
Class LC-PG45
Two Panel - FWG8080
Size Tested 95.3 x 95.5 in, DP+45/-45
Class LC-PG40
Four Panel - FWG160611
Size Tested 189 x 82.4 in, DP+40/-40
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door–Outswing
Class LC-PG55
One Panel - FWO3080
Size Tested 71.3 x 95.5 in, DP+55/-55
Class LC-PG55
Two Panel - FWO6080
Size Tested 71.3 x 95.5 in, DP+55/-55
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door–Inswing
Class LC-PG50
Two Panel - FWH6080
Size Tested 71.3 x 95.5 in, DP+50/-65
400 Series Casement Window
400 series products with stormwatch® protection
air infiltration and testing
For units with monolithic Impact-Resistant Glass
33
28
34
29
34
29
34
30
34
30
34
30
35
31
35
31
Andersen® Product
400 Series Casement Window
400 Series Awning Window
400 Series Casement and Awning
Picture Window
400 Series Specialty Window
400 Series Flexiframe® Window
400 Series Springline™ Window
400 Series Frenchwood® Gliding Patio Door
† Larger or smaller units of a particular type may vary from the tested performance rating.
Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
* Performance Grade (PG) embodies air, water, structural and forced entry.
DP = Design Pressure and is only applicable to the structural performance of the product.
◊ Performance varies by product size; see appropriate Florida Product Approval number
for actual unit performance.
^ STC and OITC ratings given are for individual units based on independent tests
and represent the entire unit. Better values may be available with other glazings.
Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
This data is accurate as of August 28, 2009. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results,
or new industry standards, this data may change. Contact your Andersen supplier for more information.
NOTE: smaller sizes within a size grid are certified at the performance rating of the largest size tested.
Performance
Rating†◊
Outdoor/
Sound
Indoor
Trans. Class Trans. Class
(STC)^
(OITC)^
DP +67/-82
DP +67/-82
34
34
29
31
DP +67/-82
DP +67/-82
DP +67/-70
DP +67/-71
37
37
36
36
34
34
32
32
One Panel - FWG4380
DP +50/-65
Two Panel - FWG8080
DP +50/-65
400 Series Frenchwood® Hinged Patio Door–Outswing
One Panel - FWO3080
DP +65/-80
35
31
30
29
34
31
35
31
Two Panel - FWO6068
76
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/IS2/A440-08
Performance Grade* (PG) Rating†
Sound
Trans.
Class
(STC)^
DP +65/-80
400 Series Frenchwood® Fixed Patio Door–Sidelight and Transom
Sidelight - 1780
DP +62/-77
36
33
Transom - 60110
DP +62/-77
36
34
center of Glass performance Data
High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Impact-Resistant Glass
Casement, Awning
Casement, Awning Picture
Tilt-Wash
Tilt-Wash Picture
Tilt-Wash Transom
Circle Top,™ Elliptical Top, Circle, Oval
Frenchwood® Gliding Door
Frenchwood® Hinged Door
Springline™ Window
Flexiframe,® Arch Window
Visible
Light1
71%
68%
71%
70%
71%
68%
70%
70%
67%
67%
High-Performance™ Low-E4®
Sun Impact-Resistant Glass
Casement, Awning
Casement, Awning Picture
Tilt-Wash
Tilt-Wash Picture
Tilt-Wash Transom
Circle Top,™ Elliptical Top, Circle, Oval
Frenchwood® Gliding Door
Frenchwood® Hinged Door
Springline™ Window
Flexiframe,® Arch Window
Visible
Light1
39%
38%
39%
39%
39%
38%
39%
39%
36%
36%
High-Performance™ Low-E4®
SmartSun™ Impact-Resistant Glass
Casement, Awning
Casement, Awning Picture
Tilt-Wash
Tilt-Wash Picture
Tilt-Wash Transom
Circle Top,™ Elliptical Top, Circle, Oval
Frenchwood® Gliding Door
Frenchwood® Hinged Door
Springline™ Window
Flexiframe,® Arch Window
Visible
Light1
64%
62%
64%
63%
64%
62%
63%
63%
61%
61%
SHGC3
0.41
0.40
0.41
0.41
0.41
0.40
0.41
0.41
0.39
0.39
RHG
(IP)4
100
96
100
98
97
97
98
98
93
93
Fading
Tuv5 Tdw-K6
<1% 23%
<1% 22%
<1% 23%
<1% 22%
<1% 20%
<1% 22%
<1% 22%
<1% 22%
<1% 21%
<1% 21%
% RH
Inside
at 70º 7
53%
61%
53%
57%
61%
61%
57%
57%
61%
61%
Inside
Surface
Glass Temp8
52°F
56°F
52°F
54°F
56°F
56°F
54°F
54°F
56°F
56°F
SC2
0.30
0.28
0.30
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.29
0.27
0.27
SHGC3
0.26
0.25
0.26
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.24
0.24
RHG
(IP)4
64
60
65
63
61
61
63
63
57
57
Fading
Tuv5 Tdw-K6
<1% 14%
<1% 14%
<1% 15%
<1% 15%
<1% 13%
<1% 14%
<1% 15%
<1% 15%
<1% 13%
<1% 13%
% RH
Inside
at 70º 7
53%
61%
53%
57%
59%
59%
57%
57%
61%
61%
Inside
Surface
Glass Temp8
52°F
56°F
52°F
54°F
55°F
55°F
54°F
54°F
56°F
56°F
SC
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.31
SHGC
0.28
0.27
0.28
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
RHG
(IP)4
68
65
68
67
67
66
67
67
64
64
Fading
Tuv5 Tdw-K6
<1% 17%
<1% 16%
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
<1% 16%
<1% 16%
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
<1% 16%
<1% 16%
% RH
Inside
at 70º 7
53%
63%
55%
59%
61%
61%
59%
59%
63%
63%
Inside
Surface
Glass Temp8
53°F
57°F
53°F
55°F
56°F
56°F
55°F
55°F
57°F
57°F
SC2
0.48
0.47
0.48
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.45
0.45
2
3
“High-Performance™ Low-E4®" (HP Low-E4®),
“High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun" (HP Low-E4® Sun) and
“High-Performance™ Low-E4® SmartSun" (HP Low-E4® SmartSun) are
Andersen trademarks for “Low-E" glass.
Based on NFRC testing/simulation conditions using Windows 4.1 and NFRC
validated spectral data. 0°F outside temperature, 70°F inside temperature
and a 15 mph wind.
1 Visible Light Transmittance measures how much light comes through
the glass. The higher the value, from 0 to 1, the more daylight the glass
lets in. Visible Transmittance is measured over the 380 to 760 nanometer
portion of the solar spectrum.
2 Shading coefficients (SC) defines the amount of heat gain through the
glass compared to a single lite of clear 1/8" (3 MM) glass.
3 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) defines the fraction of solar
radiation admitted through the total unit both directly transmitted
and absorbed and subsequently released inward. The lower the
value, the less heat is transmitted through the glass.
4 Relative Heat Gain (RHG) is calculated under a different set of
assumptions than thermal performance.
5 Transmission Ultraviolet Energy (TUV). The transmission of short
wave energy in the 300-380 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum.
The energy can cause fabric fading.
6 Transmission Damage Function (TDW). The transmission of short
wave energy in the 300-600 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum.
The value includes both the UV and visible light energy that can
cause fabric fading. This rating has also been referred to as the
Krochmann Damage Function.
7 Percent relative humidity (RH) before condensation occurs at the center
of glass, taken using center of glass temperature.
8 Inside glass surface temperature is taken at the center of glass.
center of Glass performance Data — Monolithic impact-Resistant Glass
Monolithic Clear Laminated
Impact-Resistant Glass
Casement, Awning
Casement Picture
Circle Top,™ Elliptical Top, Circle, Oval
Frenchwood® Outswing, Gliding Door
Flexiframe,® Arch, Springline™ Window
Visible
Light1
0.87
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
SC2
0.87
0.83
0.83
0.83
0.83
SHGC3 RHG4
0.75 188
0.72 180
0.72 180
0.72 180
0.72 180
Fading
Tuv5
Tdw6
<1% 33%
<1% 33%
<1% 33%
<1% 33%
<1% 33%
Monolithic Gray Tinted
Impact-Resistant Glass
Casement, Awning
Casement Picture
Circle Top,™ Elliptical Top, Circle, Oval
Frenchwood® Outswing, Gliding Door
Flexiframe,® Arch, Springline™ Window
Visible
Light1
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
SC2
0.68
0.64
0.64
0.64
0.64
SHGC3 RHG4
0.59 150
0.56 142
0.56 142
0.56 142
0.56 142
Fading
Tuv5
Tdw6
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
<1% 17%
77
Performance Data
andersen® 400 series products with stormwatch® protection
nFRc certified total Unit performance
Andersen Product Type
Casement
®
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 24" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Awning
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 24" size
SHGC2
VT3
Casement/Awning Picture Window U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 36" x 60" size
SHGC2
VT3
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Picture
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Tilt-Wash Double-Hung Transom
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Elliptical Window
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Circle Top™ Casement
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Circle/Oval
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Springline™ Window
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Arch Window
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
®
Flexiframe Window
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 48" x 48" size
SHGC2
VT3
Frenchwood® Hinged
U-Factor1
Patio Door - Inswing
SHGC2
A
Residential (Res) = 38" x 82" size
VT3
Frenchwood® Hinged
U-Factor1
Patio Door - Outswing
SHGC2
A
Residential (Res) = 38" x 82" size
VT3
®
Frenchwood Gliding Patio Door
U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 72" x 82" size
SHGC2
VT3
Frenchwood® Patio Door Sidelight U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 16" x 82" size
SHGC2
VT3
Frenchwood® Patio Door Transom U-Factor1
A
Residential (Res) = 38" x 14" size
SHGC2
VT3
78
HP
0.33
0.31
0.53
0.33
0.31
0.52
0.26
0.34
0.57
0.35
0.31
0.53
0.33
0.33
0.55
0.29
0.31
0.54
0.26
0.34
0.57
0.26
0.34
0.57
0.26
0.34
0.57
0.31
0.33
0.56
0.28
0.33
0.56
0.27
0.33
0.56
0.32
0.24
0.40
0.32
0.24
0.40
0.33
0.26
0.44
0.33
0.22
0.36
0.32
0.23
0.39
HPIR
HP Sun HP SmartSun
0.33
0.33
0.20
0.21
0.29
0.48
0.34
0.33
0.20
0.21
0.29
0.47
0.26
0.25
0.21
0.23
0.32
0.51
0.35
0.34
0.20
0.21
0.29
0.48
0.33
0.32
0.20
0.22
0.31
0.49
0.29
0.28
0.20
0.21
0.30
0.48
0.26
0.25
0.21
0.23
0.32
0.51
0.26
0.25
0.20
0.23
0.31
0.51
0.26
0.25
0.20
0.23
0.31
0.51
0.31
0.30
0.20
0.23
0.30
0.50
0.28
0.27
0.20
0.23
0.30
0.50
0.27
0.26
0.20
0.22
0.30
0.50
0.33
0.32
0.15
0.16
0.22
0.36
0.33
0.32
0.16
0.17
0.22
0.36
0.33
0.32
0.16
0.18
0.24
0.39
0.33
0.33
0.14
0.15
0.20
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.15
0.16
0.21
0.35
Monolithic
Clear
Gray
0.79
0.79
0.58
0.45
0.66
0.39
0.83
0.83
0.57
0.44
0.65
0.39
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.45
0.70
0.35
0.79
0.79
0.55
0.45
0.60
0.35
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.79
0.79
0.58
0.47
0.67
0.34
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.45
0.70
0.35
0.85
0.85
0.59
0.48
0.71
0.36
0.85
0.85
0.59
0.48
0.71
0.36
0.85
0.85
0.59
0.48
0.71
0.36
0.83
0.83
0.59
0.48
0.71
0.36
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.48
0.71
0.36
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.67
0.67
0.41
0.32
0.48
0.24
0.71
0.71
0.45
0.35
0.53
0.27
0.65
0.65
0.37
0.29
0.43
0.22
0.71
0.71
0.40
0.31
0.47
0.24
Compliance
Andersen® windows and patio doors meet or exceed the following standards:
NWWDA,-I.S.-2, W.D.M.A -I.S.-4 (NWWDA license No. 129), Hallmark certified and Miami-Dade
PA 201, 202, 203 (Monolithic). Independent testing laboratories have performed all required tests on
selected sizes. Compliance with these standards is confirmed by ongoing testing in Andersen laboratories.
These products are covered by one or more of the following patents: D364,469; D374,087; D394,116;
D394,714; D397,604; D417,831; D423,902; D431,172; D431,994; 4,999,950; 5,097,629; 5,199,243;
5,205,074; 5,243,783; 5,301,467; 5,406,768; 5,486,553; 5,497,594; 5,539,027; 5,595,409; 5,623,784;
5,653,485; 5,740,632; 5,773,138; 5,775,749; 5,827,607; 5,932,334; 6,015,611 and 6,161,881. Other
patents pending.
(HPIR) High-Performance™ Low-E4® Impact-Resistant
NOTE: Units “High-Performance™" (HP Low-E4®), “High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun" (HP Sun) and
“High-Performance™ Low-E4® SmartSun" (HP SmartSun) are Andersen trademarks for “Low-E" glass.
1 U-Factor defines the amount of heat loss through the total unit in BTU/hr sq. ft2.°F.
The lower the value, the less heat is lost through the entire product.
2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) defines the fraction of solar radiation admitted through the total
unit both directly transmitted and absorbed and subsequently released inward. The lower the value,
the less heat is transmitted through the product.
3 Visible Transmittance (VT) measures how much light comes through a product (glass and frame).
The higher the value, from 0 to 1, the more daylight the product lets in over the product's total unit
area. Visible Transmittance is measured over the 380 to 760 nanometer portion of the solar spectrum.
This data is accurate as of August 28, 2009. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results,
or new industry standards, this data may change over time.
About the NFRC
The National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) is a nonpartisan coalition of professionals whose purpose is to provide fair, accurate and credible energy
performance ratings for fenestration products. NFRC's membership includes manufacturers, suppliers, designers, specifiers, utility companies, government
agencies and other building industry representatives.
The Andersen Corporation is a founding member of the NFRC and continues to support its work to provide fair, accurate and credible energy performance ratings to
consumers and the building industry. If you have any questions about the NFRC, its program or energy performance ratings, write them at: NFRC, 1300 Spring Street,
Suite 500, Silver Spring, MD 20910, Tel: (301) 589-6372 Website: www.nfrc.org
aBoUt the laBel
Look for this certification label on every window and
patio door you buy. It was designed by the National
Fenestration Rating Council to provide accurate information
that helps you promote the energy efficiency of the homes
you build. These ratings allow you - and your customers –
to measure and compare the energy performance of similar
products. If the product does not have this label, the NFRC
has not verified its claims.
Casement Picture Window
CPD# AND-N-054
Vinyl-Clad Wood Frame, Dual-Pane Low-E Impact
Resistant Glazing with Argon
Product Type: Fixed
U-Factor indicates how well a
product prevents heat from escaping
(the lower the number, the better).
Visible Transmittance refers to how much visible
light comes through a product (the closer to 1.0,
the more light is transmitted).
Test Standards
Florida Product Approval Number,
Miami-Dade
County Notice of Acceptence
Number and/or Texas Department
of Insurance Number (TDI)
0.26
1.5
0.34
0.57
CCL# 129-H-774
ANDERSEN CORPORATION: 400 SERIES CASEMENT PICTURE WINDOW
Manufacturer Stipulates Conformance to the following standards.
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08
CLASS LC-PG50 SIZE TESTED 60" x 72"
DP+50/-65
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05
FW-C50 SIZE TESTED 60" x 72"
DP+50/-65
ASTM E1886-02 & E1996-02
Windzone 4, Missile Level D
Cycle Pressure +50/-65
FL 1092
G l a z i n g : 4 .0 mm A N o u t e r / 1 1 .7 mm L G ( 4 .7 mm A N / 4 .7 mm A N ) i n n e r
L a mi n a t o r : C a r di n a l Interlayer: Dupont SentryGlasPlus (0.090 M)
This product meets Green
Seal’s environmental
standards governing
energy efficiency, heavy
metals in the frame and
sash materials,
packaging, and consumer
education materials.
Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient measures
how well a product blocks
heat caused by sunlight
(the lower the number,
the more it will reduce
air conditioning bills).
Performance Grade (PG)
and Design Pressure
(DP) ratings.
Impact-Resistant
Glass Construction
701608063PKU-1
79
andersen Windows, inc.
Limited
Warranty
Ten-Year (10)
FoR WinDoW anD DooR Units GlaZeD
With iMpact-Resistant Glass
Andersen® window and door units glazed with impact-resistant glass are warranted to be free
from defects in manufacturing, materials and workmanship for ten (10) years from the date
of purchase from the retailer/dealer. They are also warranted not to develop, under normal
conditions, any material obstruction of vision resulting from manufacturing defects or as a
result of premature failure of the glass or organic seal for ten (10) years from the date
of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This limited warranty does not apply to special
glazings, Andersen® art glass, glass that is not factory installed by Andersen, Andersen
electric window operators, retractable insect screens and the finish on bright brass or satin
nickel door hardware.
In the event a component fails as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or
workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide
replacement parts to the Andersen retailer/dealer you specify — installation labor is not
included; or (2) provide a factory authorized repair to the existing component at no cost to
you; or (3) refund the original purchase price or retailer's/dealer's price at the time of the
original purchase, whichever is less. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the
remainder of the original limited warranty period.
General Conditions and Exclusions ....
The limited warranty set forth in this document is the only express warranty (whether written
or oral) applicable to Andersen® windows and doors glazed with impact-resistant glass, and
no one is authorized to modify or expand this limited warranty. All warranty claims must be
made during the applicable warranty period.
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE WILL EXPIRE WITH THE TERM OF THE 10-YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY. ANDERSEN
EXCLUDES AND WILL NOT PAY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES AND ITS
LIABILITY WILL IN ALL INSTANCES BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF
THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential
damages or limitation of the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitations or
exclusions may not apply to you.
This limited warranty is only applicable in the U.S.A. This limited warranty gives you specific
legal rights, and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state.
What is NOT covered by this limited warranty ....
Product failure or damage due to improper installation or modification including:
• Adjustments or corrections due to improper installation.
• Failures due to product modifications or glass shading devices (e.g., glass tinting,
security systems, improper painting or staining, insulated coverings, etc.).
• Units improperly assembled or improperly mulled by others.
• Failure due to the application of non-Andersen hardware
(e.g., locksets, trim sets, hinges, panic hardware, closers, etc.).
• Failure to properly install Andersen hardware.
Damage caused by the following:
• Damage due to improper installation, maintenance or use, including use of
a non-commercial door as a main entrance or exit door for a building other
than a single-family residential unit.
• Damage due to exposure to conditions beyond published performance specifications.
• Damage to the product caused by water infiltration other than as a result of a defect
in manufacturing, materials or workmanship.
• Damage due to condensation.
• Damage to glass caused by others (e.g., brick wash, use of razor blades,
use of sealants, sanding or improper washing).
• Damage caused by failing to properly seal the exposed wood portions of a product.
This includes, but is not limited to, the exposed wood on all sides of a door panel
(e.g., exterior, interior, top, bottom and both sides), a door frame and wood grilles.
• Damage to metal surfaces caused by brickwash, chemicals or airborne
pollutants, such as salt or acid rain.
• Damage that occurs during delivery by others.
• Damage caused by accidents or acts of God.
• Damage as a result of normal wear and tear.
80
Additional items excluded from this limited warranty:
• Labor to replace sash or door panels, glass or other components.
• Labor and other costs related to the removal and disposal of defective product.
• Labor and materials to paint or stain any repaired or replaced product,
component, trim or other carpentry work that may be required.
• Products not manufactured by Andersen.
• Andersen does not warrant the performance of the low-maintenance exterior glass
coating on products with High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass. Performance will vary
depending on environmental conditions.
• Minor warping of wood and clad wood doors. Andersen may defer actions on any claim
for warping for a period of up to twelve (12) months from the date of the claim in
order to permit conditioning and equalization to humidity and temperature conditions.
• Slight glass curvature, minor scratches or other imperfections in the glass that do not
impair structural integrity or significantly obscure normal vision.
• Tarnish or corrosion to hardware finishes.
• Stress cracks and broken glass.
• Service trips to provide instruction on product use.
• Applicable taxes and freight.
• Special glazings. Contact us concerning the limited warranty on special glazings.
• Andersen® art glass, electric window operators, retractable insect screens and bright
brass and satin nickel finishes on door hardware. Contact us or refer to the specific
limited warranties for these products.
• Andersen® storm doors, Renewal® by Andersen products and KML by Andersen™ products
have their own limited warranties and are not covered by this limited warranty.
For information on warranty coverage for products other than those that include
impact-resistant glass, please refer to the specific limited warranties for these products.
They are available from your Andersen dealer or at andersenwindows.com/warranty.
How to register your limited warranty
Andersen offers quick, easy warranty
registration on our website. Just go to
www.andersenwindows.com/warranty
and submit your warranty information online.
By registering, you will expedite any warranty
service you may have in the future. In addition, you
can receive product information updates, safety notices and special offers regarding
new products, as well as information regarding enhancements for the windows and
doors you've registered.
All warranty information is treated as highly confidential and will never be sold or traded to any
person or organization outside of Andersen Corporation and the Andersen Dealer Network.
How to get help ....
For further information or to make a claim within this limited warranty period, please
contact the Andersen retailer/dealer who supplied you with your Andersen product.
If unavailable or unknown to you, you may contact us at:
Andersen Windows, Inc.
Andersen Service Center
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096
You may also contact us using the Customer Care section of our web site at
andersenwindows.com or reach us by phone at 1-888-888-7020.
You can help us serve you faster by collecting
and including the following important information:
• Description of the product such as the exterior color,
unit size or inside visible glass measurements.
• Glass logo information etched in the inside corner of the glass.
• Description of product concerns.
• Documentation of the purchase date, if available.
• Your name, address (with zip code) where the product
is installed and telephone numbers.
If the warranty period has expired or for repairs not covered by warranty, many replacement
parts are available for purchase. When warranty coverage is unclear, Andersen may charge
an inspection fee for any on-site product inspections. If the inspector determines the Andersen
product has a defect covered by this limited warranty, the inspection fee will be waived.
For specific warranty information outside the United
States, please contact your local distributor or write to:
Andersen Corporation
International Division
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096
USA
andersen Windows, inc.
Limited
Warranty
Windows
& Doors
andersen® windows and doors are warranted in two ways.
Glass
Twenty (20) Year Transferable Limited Warranty
The glass in Andersen® factory glazed window and door units (including dual-pane glass, HighPerformance™ Low-E4® glass, High-Performance™ Low-E4® Sun glass, Low-E glass, patterned
glass (including: obscure, pebble, fern, reed and cascade designs), Finelight™ grilles, divided
light grilles and tempered versions of these glass options) is warranted to be free from defects in
manufacturing, materials and workmanship for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from
the retailer/dealer. It is also warranted not to develop, under normal conditions, any material
obstruction of vision resulting from manufacturing defects or as a result of premature failure of
the glass or organic seal for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer.
Patterned glass (including obscure, pebble, fern, reed and cascade designs) is warranted not
to develop, under normal conditions, any material change in appearance resulting from
manufacturing defects or as a result of premature failure of the glass or organic seal for twenty
(20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This limited warranty on glass
does not apply to special order glazings, Andersen® art glass, insulated art glass for Andersen
architectural products, impact-resistant glass or glass that is not factory installed by Andersen.
In the event a glass failure occurs as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or
workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the
appropriate replacement glass product to the Andersen retailer/dealer you specify — installation
labor is not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing glass at no cost
to you; or (3) refund the purchase price or the retailer’s/dealer’s price at the time of the original
purchase, whichever is less. Such replacement or repair is warranted for the remainder of the
original limited warranty period.
Components Other Than Glass
Ten (10) Year Transferable Limited Warranty
Non-glass portions of Andersen® windows and doors (including non-electric operators, locks, lifts,
balance systems, hinges, handles, insect screens, weatherstripping, sash and frame members)
are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials and workmanship for a period
of ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This limited warranty does not
apply to Andersen electric window operators, retractable insect screens or finishes on bright brass
and satin nickel door hardware. The non-glass portions of Andersen® architectural windows and
doors with wood exteriors and commercial doors are subject to a limited warranty with a five (5)
year period, but otherwise identical to the ten (10) year limited warranty described above.
In the event a component other than glass fails as a result of a defect in manufacturing,
materials or workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will:
(1) provide replacement parts to the Andersen retailer/dealer you specify — installation labor is
not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing component at no cost to
you; or (3) refund the original purchase price or retailer’s/dealer’s price at the time of the original
purchase, whichever is less. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder
of the original limited warranty period.
What is NOT covered by this limited warranty – continued
Damage caused by the following:
• Improper installation, maintenance or use, including use of a non-commercial door as
a main entrance or exit door for a building other than a single-family residential unit.
• Exposure to conditions beyond published performance specifications.
• Water infiltration other than as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship.
• Condensation.
• Others (e.g., brick wash, use of razor blades, use of sealants, sanding or improper washing).
• Failing to properly seal the exposed wood portions of a product. This includes, but is not
limited to, the exposed wood on all sides of a door panel (e.g., exterior, interior, top,
bottom, and both sides), a door frame and wood grilles.
• Chemicals or airborne pollutants, such as salt or acid rain.
• Delivery by others.
• Accidents.
• Acts of God.
• Normal wear and tear.
Additional items excluded from this limited warranty:
• Labor to replace sash or door panels, glass or other components.
• Labor and other costs related to the removal and disposal of defective product.
• Labor and materials to paint or stain any repaired or replaced product, component,
trim or other carpentry work that may be required.
• Products not manufactured by Andersen.
• Andersen does not warrant the performance of the low-maintenance
exterior glass coating on products with High-Performance™ Low-E4® glass.
Performance will vary depending on environmental conditions.
• Minor warping of wood and clad-wood doors. Andersen may defer actions on any claim
for warping for a period of up to twelve (12) months from the date of the claim in order
to permit conditioning and equalization to humidity and temperature conditions.
• Slight glass curvature, minor scratches or other imperfections in the glass that
do not impair structural integrity or significantly obscure normal vision.
• Tarnish or corrosion to hardware finishes.
• Service trips to provide instruction on product use.
• Applicable taxes and freight.
• Special glazings. Contact us concerning the limited warranty on special glazings.
• Andersen® art glass and decorative insulated art glass, impact-resistant glass, electric
window operators, retractable insect screens and bright brass and satin nickel finishes
on door hardware. Contact us or refer to the specific limited warranties for these products.
• Andersen® storm doors and Renewal® by Andersen products have their own limited
warranties and are not covered by this limited warranty.
How to register your Owner-To-Owner® limited warranty
Andersen offers quick, easy warranty registration on our
website. Just go to www.andersenwindows.com/warranty
and submit your warranty information online. By registering,
you will expedite any warranty service you may have in the
future. In addition, you can receive product information
updates, safety notices and special offers regarding new
products, as well as information regarding enhancements for the windows and doors you’ve
registered. All warranty information is treated as highly confidential and will never be sold or traded
to any person or organization outside of Andersen Corporation and the Andersen Dealer Network.
How to get help
For further information or to make a claim within this limited warranty period, please contact
the Andersen® retailer/dealer who supplied you with your Andersen® product. If unavailable or
unknown to you, you may contact us at:
Andersen Windows, Inc.
Andersen Service Center
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096
General Conditions and Exclusions
The limited warranty set forth in this document is the only express warranty (whether written or
oral) applicable to Andersen® windows and doors, and no one is authorized to modify or expand
this limited warranty. All warranty claims must be made during the applicable warranty period.
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE WILL EXPIRE WITH THE TERM OF THE 20, 10 and 5 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY.
ANDERSEN EXCLUDES AND WILL NOT PAY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES AND
ITS LIABILITY WILL IN ALL INSTANCES BE LIMITED TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF
THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE OF THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT.
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or
limitation of the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitations or exclusions may not
apply to you.
This limited warranty is only applicable in the U.S.A. (i.e. the fifty states and the District of
Columbia). This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other
rights which may vary from state to state.
What is NOT covered by this limited warranty
Product failure or damage due to improper installation or modification including:
• Adjustments or corrections due to improper installation.
• Failures due to product modifications or glass shading devices (e.g., glass tinting,
security systems, improper painting or staining, insulated coverings, etc.).
• Units improperly assembled or improperly mulled by others.
• Failure due to the application of non-Andersen hardware
(e.g., locksets, trim sets, hinges, panic hardware, closers, etc.).
• Failure to properly install Andersen hardware.
You may also contact us using the Customer Care section of our
web site at andersenwindows.com or reach us by phone at 1-888-888-7020.
You can help us serve you faster by collecting and
including the following important information:
•
•
•
•
•
Description of the product such as the exterior color, unit size or inside visible glass measurements.
Glass logo information etched in the inside corner of the glass.
Description of product concerns.
Documentation of the purchase date, if available.
Your name, address (with zip code) where the product is installed and telephone numbers.
If the limited warranty period has expired or for repairs not covered by warranty, many replacement
parts are available for purchase. When warranty coverage is unclear, Andersen may charge
an inspection fee for any on-site product inspection. If the inspector determines the Andersen®
product has a defect covered by this limited warranty, the inspection fee will be waived.
For specific warranty information outside the United
States, please contact your local distributor or write to:
Andersen Corporation
International Division
100 Fourth Avenue North
Bayport, MN 55003-1096, USA
"Andersen" is a registered trademark of Andersen Corporation. All other marks where denoted are marks of Andersen Corporation.
® 2009 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed and effective as of December, 2007.
9 Casement&
AwningWindows
400
21 Tılt-Wash
Double-HungWindows
400
33 SpecialtyWindows
400
47 Frenchwood®
GlidingPatioDoors
400
53 Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Inswing
400
61 Frenchwood®Hinged
PatioDoors–Outswing
400
For additional information, such as the Andersen supplier nearest you, call
1-800-426-4261 and give reference #3034, or visit our website at andersenwindows.com
“Andersen” is a registered trademark of Andersen Corporation. All other marks where denoted are marks
of Andersen Corporation. © 2009 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. 11/09 Part #2000656